diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 7b7348f50..e7e7cdc63 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -1757,24 +1757,28 @@ msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" +"Når du har en bankkonto i udenlandsk valuta, gemmer Odoo to værdier for hver" +" transaktion:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debet/kredit i virksomhedens valuta" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debet/kredit i bankkontos valuta" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." msgstr "" +"Valutakurser opdateres automatisk via yahoo.com, eller gennem Den Europæiske" +" Centralbank web-tjenester." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiver multi-valuta funktionaliteten" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1784,10 +1788,16 @@ msgid "" "Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" +"For at gøre det muligt for din virksomhed at operere med flere valutaer, " +"skal du aktivere multi-valuta tilstanden. I Regnskab applikationen skal du " +"gå til :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Indstillinger --> Regnskab & " +"Finans Funktioner` og forsikre dig, at **Tillad Multi-valutaer** kassen er " +"krydset af. Angiv en **Valutavekslings Gevinst / Tab\" konto, og klik " +"derefter på **Anvend**." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurer valutaer" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1797,6 +1807,11 @@ msgid "" "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" +"Når Odoo er konfigureret til at understøtte flere valutaer, bør du aktivere " +"de valuta du har i sinde at arbejde med. For at gøre dette, skal du gå til " +"menuen :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Valutaer`. Alle valutaerne er " +"oprettet per standard, men du bør aktivere dem, du gerne vil gør brug af " +"(for at aktivere en valuta skal du sætte kryds i dets \"Aktiv\" felt)." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1804,61 +1819,74 @@ msgid "" "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "" +"Efter du har aktiveret valutaerne, kan du konfigurere parametrene for " +"automatisk opdatering af valutakurser. Disse muligheder findes også i " +"Rengskab applikationens indstillinger, i bunden af siden:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik på **Opdatér Nu** linket for at opdatere valutakurserne nu." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opret en ny bankkonto" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "" +"I Regnskab applikationen, går vi først til :menuselection:`Konfiguration -->" +" Regnskab / Bankkonto`, og opretter en ny en." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" +"Når du gemmer denne bankkonto, vil Odoo oprette alle dokumenterne for dig:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En konto i prøve saldoen" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En journal på dit instrumentbræt" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" +"Information om bankkontoen vil blive vist i dine fakturas sidefod, hvis du " +"satte kryds i boksen **Vis i Faktura Sidefod**" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eksempel: En leverandørfaktura i udenlandsk valuta" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "" +"Lad os antage, at vi modtager den følgende regning fra en leverandør i Kina," +" baseret på ovenstående eksempel." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" +"I :menuselection:`Indkøb --> Leverandørfakturaer`, kan du se følgende:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" +"Når du er klar til at betale denne regning, skal du klikke på registrer " +"betaling på fakturaen for at registrere en betaling." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1867,16 +1895,22 @@ msgid "" "depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " "and the payment date." msgstr "" +"Det er alt du skal gøre. Odoo vil automatisk postere gevinsten eller tabet " +"ved den udenlanske veksling ved afstemning af betalingen med fakturaen, " +"afhængig af om valutakurserne steg eller faldt mellem fakturering- og " +"betalingsdatoen." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "" +"Bemærk at du kan betale en udenlandsk regning i en anden valuta. I så fald " +"vil Odoo automatisk konvertere mellem de to valutaer." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundeudtog" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1884,6 +1918,9 @@ msgid "" "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" +"Kunde og leverandørudtog håndteres i fakturaens valuta. Derfor er beløbet " +"der skal betales af din kunde (til din leverandør) er altid udtrykt i " +"fakturaens valuta." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1891,6 +1928,8 @@ msgid "" "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "" +"Hvis du har flere faktura med forskellige valuta for samme kunde, vil Odoo " +"dele kundeudtoget op per valuta, som vist i rapporten nedenunder." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -1900,6 +1939,11 @@ msgid "" "this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " "be converted to this currency." msgstr "" +"I ovenstående rapport er tilgodehavende kontoen, der er knyttet til " +"Camptocamp, ikke styret i en sekundær valuta, hvilket betyder, at den holder" +" hver transaktion i sin egen valuta. Hvis du foretrækker det, kan du " +"indstille den tilgodehavende for denne kunde i en sekundær valuta, og al " +"dens gæld konverteres automatisk til denne valuta." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1907,10 +1951,13 @@ msgid "" "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "" +"I så fald har kundeudtoget altid blot én valuta. Typisk er dette ikke hvad " +"kunden forventer, eftersom de foretrækker at se mængderne i valutaen fra de " +"faktura de modtog;" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrer et kasseapparat" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1918,18 +1965,25 @@ msgid "" "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" +"Kasseapparatet er en journal til at registrere indtægter og " +"betalingstransaktioner. Den udregner det samlede indgående og udgående " +"beløb, og udregner dermed den samlede saldo." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "" +"Konfigurer Kontantjournalen i :menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration -->" +" Journaler`." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" +"I Journalposterings fanen kan Standard Debet og Kredit Konto konfigureres, " +"så vel som valutaen for journalen" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 @@ -1939,33 +1993,39 @@ msgstr "Anvendelse" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hvordan registrere man kontant betalinger?" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" +"For at registrere en kontant betaling specifik for en anden kunden, bør du " +"gøre følgende:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" +"Gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab --> Instrumentbræt --> Kontant --> Registrer" +" Transaktioner`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Udfyld start og slut saldo" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" +"Registrer transaktionerne, hvor du specificerer kunden forbundet til " +"transaktionen" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indsæt penge" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1973,10 +2033,13 @@ msgid "" "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" +"\"Indsæt penge\" anvendes til at manuelt angive kontant mængden før du " +"begynder din transaktion. Fra Registrer Transaktioner vinduet, skal du gå " +"til :menuselection:`Mere --> Indsæt penge`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hæv penge" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1984,15 +2047,20 @@ msgid "" "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" +"\"Hæv penge\" anvendes til at indsamle/modtage dine kontanter manuelt efter " +"du har afsluttet alle dine transaktioner. Fra Registrer Transaktion vinduet," +" skal du gå til :menuselection:`Mere --> Hæv penge`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" +"Transaktionerne vil blive tilføjet til den nuværende kontant betalings " +"registrering." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Finansielle Lokaliseringer" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" @@ -2015,6 +2083,8 @@ msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" +"Den Argentinske lokalisering er blevet forbedret og udvidet i Odoo v13, i " +"denne version er følgende moduler tilgængelige:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2023,6 +2093,11 @@ msgid "" " to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " "Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar**: Dette modul tilføjer regnskabs funktionaliteter til den " +"Argentinske lokalisering, hvilket repræsenterer den minimale konfiguration " +"påkrævet for at en virksomhed kan operere i Argentina, samt under AFIPs " +"(Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos) reguleringer og " +"retningslinjer." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2031,6 +2106,10 @@ msgid "" "on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Tilføj Moms bograpport, som er et lovkrav i Argentina " +"og indeholder momsdetaljer for salg og indkøb optegnet i " +"journalposteringerne. Dette modul inkluderer derudover også Moms " +"opsummerings rapporter, som bruges til at analysere faktura" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2038,20 +2117,25 @@ msgid "" "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " "AFIP regulations." msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: Dette modul inkludere alle tekniske og funktionelle krav " +"til generering af Elektronisk Faktura via web-tjeneste, baseret på AFIP " +"reguleringer." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installer de Argentinske lokaliseringsmoduler" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" +"For at gøre dette, skal du gå til *Applikationer* og søge efter Argentina. " +"Klik derefter på *Installer* for det første to moduler." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurer din virksomhed" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -2060,6 +2144,10 @@ msgid "" "the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " "structure of the company:" msgstr "" +"Når modulerne er installeret, er det første skridt at opsætte din " +"virksomheds data. Ud over grundinformationer, er det vigtigt at udfylde AFIP" +" Ansvarstype feltet, som repræsenterer de finansielle obligationer og " +"struktur på virksomheden:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" @@ -2072,26 +2160,30 @@ msgid "" "considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" +"I Regnskab indstillinger er der tre tilgængelige pakker af Kontoplaner, som " +"er relateret til virksomhedens AFIP ansvarstype, i tilfælde af at grund " +"virksomhederne ikke kræver lige så mange konti, som virksomheder der " +"fremsatte mere komplekse finansielle krav:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monotributista (149 konti)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 konti)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 konti)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurer Hoveddata" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elektronisk Faktura Legitimationsoplysninger" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 msgid "Environment" @@ -2102,6 +2194,8 @@ msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." msgstr "" +"AFIP infrastrukturen er duplikeret i to separate miljø, Afprøvning og " +"Produktion." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -2110,28 +2204,38 @@ msgid "" "environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" +"Afprøvning udbydes således at virksomheder kan afprøve deres udviklinger " +"indtil de er klar til at gå over til Produktionsmiljøet. Eftersom disse to " +"miljø er fuldstændigt isoleret fra hinanden, er digitale certifikater fra en" +" instans ikke gyldige i den anden instans." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" msgstr "" +"Gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab --> Indstillinger --> Argentinsk " +"Lokalisering` for at vælge miljøet:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP Certifikater" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" +"Den elektroniske faktura og andre afip tjenester fungerer via WebServices " +"(WS), udbudt af AFIP." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." msgstr "" +"For at aktivere kommunikation med AFIP'en, er det første skridt at anmode om" +" et Digitalt Certifikat, hvis du ikke allerede har et." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -2139,6 +2243,9 @@ msgid "" "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " "be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" +"Generer certifikat Signerings Anmodning (Odoo). Når denne mulighed vælges, " +"genereres en fil med formatet ``.csr`` (certificat signing request), til " +"brug af AFIP portalen til at anmode om certifikatet." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -2147,6 +2254,10 @@ msgid "" "`Get AFIP Certificate " "`_." msgstr "" +"Generer Certifikat (AFIP). Tilgå AFIP portalen og følg instruktionerne " +"beskrevet i det næste dokument, for at indhente et certifikat. `Indhent AFIP" +" Certifikat " +"`_." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 85653dc13..cf44ce386 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -3,29 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Volluta , 2019 -# Julia van Orsouw , 2019 -# Julia van Orsouw , 2019 -# Pol Van Dingenen , 2019 -# Eric Geens , 2019 -# Martien van Geene , 2019 -# Thomas Pot , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# dpms , 2019 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,471 +17,420 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Boekhouding" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "Bank & Kas" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Bank feeds" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "Importeert CODA afschrift bestanden (alleen België)" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 -msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." msgstr "" -"CODA is een bestandsformaat voor bankafschriften in België. De meeste " -"Belgische banken en Isabel software staan u toe om een CODA bestand te " -"downloaden met al uw bankafschriften." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "" -"Met Odoo kan u een CODA bestand downloaden van u bank of financiële software" -" en direct in Odoo importeren. Dit maakt alle bankafschriften aan." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"`__" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." msgstr "" -"Test deze optie nu 'met dit voorbeeld CODA bestand " -"`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features `_, and search for " +"your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " +"New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +msgid "" +"More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " +"France, and Spain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 +msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "Installeer de CODA optie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"`_" msgstr "" -"Indien u het Belgische rekeningstelsel heeft geïnstalleerd dat met Odoo is " -"meegeleverd, dan is de CODA importeer functie reeds geïnstalleerd voor u. " -"In dat geval, kan u meteen doorgaan naar het volgende deel `Importeer uw " -"eerste coda bestand `_" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" msgstr "" -"Indien CODA nog niet geactiveerd is moet u dit eerst doen. Ga naar het menu " -":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` in de Boekhouding applicatie." -" Vanuit de boekhoud instellingen vinkt u de optie **Importeren van " -"bankafschriften in .CODA formaat** aan en klikt u op toepassen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "Importeer uw eerste CODA bestand" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +"Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " +"Cash* section." msgstr "" -"Wanneer je deze module hebt geïnstalleerd, kun je je bankrekening inrichten " -"om bankafschriften te importeren. Om dit te doen, ga naar het boekhoud " -"**dashboard**, en klik op de link **Meer** op de kaart van de bankrekening. " -"Klik daarna op **afschrift importeren** om je eerste CODA bestand in te " -"laden." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "" -"Laad uw CODA bestand in het volgende scherm en klik op **Importeer** om al " -"uw bankafschriften aan te maken." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following address:" msgstr "" -"Indien het bestand succesvol is geladen wordt u doorverwezen naar het " -"bankafschriften scherm met alle transacties om af te letteren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "CODA bestanden importeren" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." +"First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" +" your journal." msgstr "" -"Na het importeren van je eerste bestand zal het Odoo boekhoud dashboard " -"automatisch voorstellen om meer bestanden van je bank te importeren. Voor de" -" volgende import hoef je niet meer naar **Meer** te gaan, maar kun je direct" -" op de kaart klikken op **Afschrift importeren**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " +"Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." msgstr "" -"Elke keer als je een afschriftregel hebt die gekoppeld is aan een nieuwe " -"klant of leverancier zal Odoo je vragen om de juiste relatie te selecteren " -"om de transactie af te letteren. Odoo leert daarvan en zal de volgende " -"betalingen automatisch koppelen aan deze relaties. Dit zal het " -"afletterproces danig versnellen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " +"Account`, and follow the steps." msgstr "" -"Odoo is in staat om automatisch te constateren dat sommige bestanden of " -"regels reeds zijn geïmporteerd. Dus je kunt gerust meerdere bestanden " -"tegelijk importeren: Odoo controleert alles voor je voordat je een nieuw " -"bankafschrift aanmaakt. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "Registreer manueel bankafschriften" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." +"Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " +"**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " +"enter your bank credentials." msgstr "" -"Met Odoo kan u bankafschriften importeren, synchroniseren met uw bank maar " -"ook uw bankafschriften manueel registreren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 +msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," +" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." msgstr "" -"Er is geen speciale configuratie vereist om facturen te registreren. U hoeft" -" enkel de boekhouding app te installeren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Maak uw bankafschriften" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." +"A transaction can be visible in your bank account, but not be fetched if it " +"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" +" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " +"status changes." msgstr "" -"Klik op de knop **Nieuw afschrift** in het dashboard van het gerelateerde " -"dagboek. Indien sommige afletteringen gedaan moeten worden vind u hier een " -"link voor nieuwe afschriften. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 +msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." msgstr "" -"Vul gewoon de velden in naar gelang de informatie die u vind op uw " -"bankafschrift. De referentie kan manueel ingevuld worden of u kan deze leeg " -"laten. We raden u aan om de partner in te vullen om het afletter proces te " -"vergemakkelijken." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." msgstr "" -"Het verschil tussen de startbalans en de eindbalans moet gelijk zijn aan de " -"berekende balans." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Wanneer u klaar bent klikt u op **Opslaan**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Letter uw bankafschriften af" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -"U kan er voor kiezen om het afschrift af te letteren door te klikken op de " -"knop |manual04|" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks can aid in the" +" development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " +"the connection." msgstr "" -"U kan ook het aflettering proces starten vanuit het dashboard door te " -"klikken op **Letter # items**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." msgstr "" -"Klik op **Valideren** om uw bankafschriften af te letteren. Indien de " -"relatie mist zal Odoo u vragen om **een partner te selecteren**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "Druk op CTRL-Enter om de gebalanceerde lijnen af te letteren." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "Sluit bankafschriften vanuit het afletteren" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +"When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each " +"account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to " +"see your transactions in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Indien de balans correct is kan u het afschrift direct afsluiten vanuit het " -"afletteren door te klikken op |manual07|." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Klik naders op |manual08| om het afschrift te openen en het probleem aan te " -"passen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "Sluit bankafschriften" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"In het boekhouding dagboek klikt u op de Meer knop van uw bank dagboek en " -"vervolgens op bankafschriften." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "Om het bankafschrift te sluiten klikt u op **Valideer**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "Importeer OXF bankafschriften" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is een gestandaardiseerde specificatie voor " -"electronische uitwisseling van financiële gegevens tussen bancaire " -"instellingen, bedrijven en consumenten over het internet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -"Met Odoo kan u een OFX bestand downloaden van uw bank of " -"boekhoudingssoftware en deze rechtstreeks in uw Odoo instantie importeren. " -"Dit maakt alle bankafschriften aan." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Test nu de nieuwe functie met dit OXF voorbeeld bestand " -"`__" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Om OFX afschriften te importeren, moet je deze functionaliteit activeren in " -"Odoo. Ga in de boekhoud module naar het menu " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer je deze module hebt geïnstalleerd, kun je je bankrekening inrichten " -"om bankafschriften te importeren. Om dit te doen, ga naar het boekhoud " -"**dashboard**, en klik op de link **Meer** op de kaart van de bankrekening. " -"Klik daarna op **afschrift importeren** om je eerste OFX bestand in te " -"laden." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Laad uw OXF bestand in het volgende scherm en klik op **Importeer** om al uw" -" bankafschriften aan te maken." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "OFX bestanden importeren" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Na het importeren van je eerste bestand zal het Odoo boekhoud dashboard " -"automatisch voorstellen om meer bestanden van je bank te importeren. Voor de" -" volgende import hoef je niet meer naar **Meer** te gaan, maar kun je direct" -" op de kaart klikken op **Afschrift importeren**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Elke keer als je een afschriftregel hebt die gekoppeld is aan een nieuwe " -"klant of leverancier zal Odoo je vragen om de juiste relatie te selecteren " -"om de transactie af te letteren. Odoo leert daarvan en zal volgende " -"betalingen automatisch koppelen aan deze relaties. Dit zal het " -"afletterproces danig versnellen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "Hoe uw PayPal account synchroniseren met Odoo?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -506,14 +439,10 @@ msgid "" " The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " "PayPal payments in just a click." msgstr "" -"Met Odoo kunt u uw Paypal account synchroniseren. In dat geval worden " -"transacties in Paypal automatisch in de boekhouding van Odoo toegevoegd. De " -"synchronisatie wordt iedere 4 uur uitgevoerd. Het afletteren van betalingen " -"m.b.v. Paypal is dan met 1 keer klikken gedaan." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "Installeer de account_yodlee module" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -523,18 +452,14 @@ msgid "" "**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " "automatically**." msgstr "" -"Om te beginnen installeert u de **account_yodlee** module, als deze al niet " -"is geïnstalleerd. Om te installeren gaat u naar :menuselection:`Boekhouding " -"--> Instellingen -->Financieel`. Binnen de sectie **Bank & Kas**, zet u de " -"optie aan **Bank koppeling - Synchroniseer uw bankmutaties automatisch**." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "Klik op de knop toepassen nadat het klaar is." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" -msgstr "Zet uw PayPal account op" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -543,10 +468,6 @@ msgid "" "Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " "field, you can set **PayPal**." msgstr "" -"Een PayPal-rekening in Odoo wordt beheerd als een bankrekening. Om uw " -"PayPal-rekening in te stellen, gebruikt u het menu: menuselectie: " -"`Configuratie -> Bankrekeningen`. Maak een nieuwe bankrekening aan en noem " -"deze ** PayPal **. In het veld Bank kunt u ** PayPal ** instellen." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -554,16 +475,12 @@ msgid "" "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" -"Eenmaal uw PayPal account is aangemaakt gaat u naar het **Boekhouding** " -"dashboard en klikt u op de **Synchroniseer** knop. In de dialoog kiest u " -"**PayPal** als de online instelling en klikt u op de configureer knop." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" -"Vervolgens moet u uw credentials ingeven om te connecteren met PayPal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -571,571 +488,245 @@ msgid "" "Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " "account)." msgstr "" -"Uw Paypal instellingen ** moeten in het Engels ingesteld zijn ** (als dit " -"niet het geval is, moet u de taal van uw Paypal-account wijzigen); Als u een" -" zakelijk Paypal account gebruikt, moet u terugschakelen naar de oude " -"interface om te kunnen werken met Online feeds (u kunt overschakelen van de " -"nieuwe naar de oude interface in uw Paypal-account)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." msgstr "" -"Indien u dit niet doet krijgt u een bericht dat zegt dat u uw PayPal in het " -"Engels moet zetten of dat de website niet ondersteund is." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:56 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " "date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " "choose the **Paypal balance** account." msgstr "" -"Als u uw Paypal-account correct hebt geconfigureerd, gaat u naar de volgende" -" stap van de configuratie van Online Synchronisatie. Daar vind u een scherm " -"met een datum om de transactie op te halen en een lijst met te kiezen " -"rekeningen. U moet het account ** Paypal-balance ** kiezen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." msgstr "" -"Eenmaal alles klaar is zou u de PayPal transacties rechtstreeks in uw Odoo " -"moeten zien en kan u uw betalingen beginnen afletteren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:64 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." msgstr "" -"Geniet van een volledige integratie! U moet niet langer transacties manueel " -"aanmaken." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:68 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" -"U moet enkel de eerste keer uw credentials ingeven. Eenmaal dit gedaan is " -"zal Odoo elke 4 uur automatisch met PayPal synchroniseren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "Importeer QIF bankafschrift bestanden" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" msgstr "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is een open specificatie voor het lezen en " -"schrijven van financiële gegevens naar databronnen (dat wil zeggen " -"bestanden). Hoewel QIF nog steeds veel wordt gebruikt, is het een ouder " -"formaat dan het \"Open Financial Exchange (OFX)\" formaat. Wij adviseren het" -" OFX-formaat als u naar beide bestandsindelingen kunt exporteren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " "statements." msgstr "" -"Met Odoo kan u een CODA bestand downloaden van u bank of financiële software" -" en direct in Odoo importeren. Dit maakt alle bankafschriften aan." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Test deze optie nu `met die gemakkelijke QIF bestand " -"`__" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Om QIF-bestanden te importeren, moet u deze functie in Odoo activeren. Ga in" -" de toepassing Boekhouding naar het menu: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> " -"Financieel`. Vink de optie aan bij bankafschriften ** Importeren in .QIF-" -"indeling ** en klik op toepassen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" -"Nadat u deze functie hebt geïnstalleerd, kunt u uw bankrekening instellen om" -" bankafschrift bestanden te importeren. Ga hiervoor naar het boekhouding " -"dashboard en klik op de knop ** Meer ** van de betreffende bankrekening. In " -"het tabblad bankrekening vinkt u aan dat u Bank Feeds wilt importeren. Ga " -"vervolgens terug naar het dashboard en klik op ** Bankafschrift importeren " -"** om uw eerste QIF-bestand te importeren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Laad uw QIF bestanden in het volgende scherm en klik op **Importeer** om al " -"uw bankafschriften aan te maken." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "Importeer QIF bestanden" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "Hoe Odoo te synchroniseren met uw bank?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Odoo kan direct met uw bank synchroniseren om alle bankafschriften elke 4 " -"uur automatisch in Odoo te laten importeren. Voordat u verdergaat met deze " -"handleiding, moet u controleren of uw bank wordt ondersteund. U kunt dit " -"terug vinden op de website onder de `Odoo Accounting Features " -"` __" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." -msgstr "" -"Zoek naar uw banknaam op de bovenstaande pagina. Als uw bank in de lijst " -"wordt weergegeven, betekent dit dat deze door Odoo wordt ondersteund. De " -"landen die volledig worden ondersteund (dwz meer dan 95% van de banken) " -"zijn: Verenigde Staten, Canada, Nieuw-Zeeland, Oostenrijk. Meer dan 30 " -"landen worden gedeeltelijk ondersteund, waaronder: Colombia, India, " -"Frankrijk, Spanje, enz." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "Om met banken te connecteren gebruikt Odoo twee web-services:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "Plaid: voor de standaard banken in de V.S." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "Yodlee: voor alle andere banken" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "Odoo Online Gebruikers" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." -msgstr "" -"Als u banken van uw land ondersteunt, moet de functie voor bankintegratie al" -" zijn geïnstalleerd. Als het niet is geïnstalleerd, kunt u de module ** " -"account_yodlee ** handmatig installeren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "Odoo Enterprise Gebruikers" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." -msgstr "" -"Als u van plan bent om een bankinterface te gebruiken met uw Odoo " -"Enterprise-abonnement, hoeft u niets speciaals te doen, zorg er alleen voor " -"dat uw database is geregistreerd bij uw Odoo Enterprise-contract." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 -msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" -msgstr "" -"u kan best controleren of er geen firewall/proxy is die de volgende adressen" -" blokkeert" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "Synchroniseer uw bankafschriften" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." -msgstr "" -"Zodra de interface Plaid of Yodlee is geïnstalleerd, kunt u Odoo verbinden " -"met uw bank. Om dat te doen, klikt u op ** Meer ** op de bank van uw keuze " -"vanuit het boekhoud dashboard. Klik in het menu op Instellingen om de " -"bankrekening te configureren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "" -"In het bankformulier stelt u op het tabblad Bankrekening de optie bankfeeds " -"in op ** Bank-synchronisatie **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" -"Als dit klaar is, gaat u terug naar uw boekhoud dashboard. U zou een ** " -"Online Synchronisatie ** knop op uw bankkaart moeten zien. Klik op deze knop" -" en vul uw bank referenties in." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u uw gegevens ingeeft zullen uw bankafschriften automatisch elke 4 " -"uur gesynchroniseerd worden." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 -msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" -msgstr "De synchronisatie werkt niet meteen, is dit normaal?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " -"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " -"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " -"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " -"Yodlee." -msgstr "" -"Yodlee probeert één keer per dag de data van de bankrekening te verkrijgen. " -"Dit lukt echter niet elke keer en dit proces kan soms mislukken. In dit " -"geval probeert Yodlee een uur of twee later nogmaals de gegevens te " -"verkrijgen. Dit is waarom er in Odoo een geplande actie is die elke 4 uur " -"gegevens ophaalt van Yodlee." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " -"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Je kan deze synchronisatie forceren door te drukken op de knop " -"\"Synchroniseer nu\" van het facturatie dashboard." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " -"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" -" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " -"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statements to the database." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 -msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "Zit de Yodlee functie in mijn contract?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 msgid "" -"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " -"your database." -msgstr "" -"Enterprise versie: Ja, als er een geldig enterprise contract is gekoppeld " -"aan uw database." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " -"Version." -msgstr "Community Versie: Nee, deze functie zit niet in de Community Versie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "Online Versie: Ja, zelfs als u een One App Free contract heeft." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 -msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" -msgstr "Sommige banken hebben de status \"Beta\", wat betekent dat?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " -"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" -" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 -msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "Waarom zijn oudere transacties niet meer zichtbaar in Odoo?" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "Diversen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "Hoe verzamelbetalingen beheren?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"De bank vraagt om een stortingsbewijs in te vullen met details van de " -"cheques of contant geld en dit bij de transacties te bewaren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" -"Het bankafschrift toont het totale bedrag dat is gestort, en de referentie " -"van het stortingsbewijs, niet de afzonderlijke cheques." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" -"Odoo ondersteunt het voorbereiden en afdrukken van stortingsbewijzen en " -"lettert ze later eenvoudig af met het bankafschrift." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "Installeer de verzamelbetaling optie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Om batchboekingen te kunnen gebruiken, moet de module **Batch Deposit** " -"geïnstalleerd zijn." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" -"Normaal gezien wordt deze module automatisch geïnstalleerd als cheques veel " -"gebruikt worden in uw land." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Om te verifiëren of de **verzamelbetaling** mogelijkheid is geïnstalleerd, " -"ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` menu van de " -"boekhoudmodule. Controleer of **Verzamelbetaling** aangevinkt staat." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "Activeer de optie op uw bankrekeningen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u deze optie heeft geïnstalleerd zal Odoo automatisch bankdeposito's" -" activeren op uw hoofd bankrekeningen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "Van cheques ontvangen op de bank" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "Ontvang klanten cheques" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "In het memo veld kan u de referentie van de cheque invullen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "Een verzamelbetaling voorbereiden" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Problemen oplossen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "Ik zie geen verzamelbetaling link op bankafschriften? " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u geen verzamelbetaling link heeft op uw bankafschriften, kunnen er " -"twee redenen zijn:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "Wat gebeurt er als een cheque geweigerd werd?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 @@ -1154,7 +745,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "Controleer uw rekeningschema en standaard overboekingsrekening" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1180,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "Maak een tweede bankrekening / dagboek" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1193,23 +784,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "Door het bewaren van deze wijzigingen heeft u nu 2 bankrekeningen." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "Registreer een interne overplaatsing van één bank naar een andere." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." msgstr "" -"We verplaatsen nu 50.000 euro's van uw **Bank** naar onze *BE57 0633 9533 " -"1498* bankrekening." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "Log een interne overplaatsing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1227,34 +816,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"`_)." +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " +"bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -"De memo is belangrijk indien u automatisch wilt afletteren (`zie " -"`_)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "Bewaar en bevestig de wijzigingen om de betaling te registreren." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "Importeer bankafschriften en letter af" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1263,7 +850,7 @@ msgid "" "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1272,18 +859,18 @@ msgid "" "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "Het volgende venster zal zich openen:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1292,108 +879,190 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Bank afletteren" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "Configureer model of boekingen" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "Maak afletter modellen" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "Bewaar uw wijzigingen nadat u klaar bent." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" -"U kan deze functionaliteit ook gebruiken om kortingen af te handelen. Kijk " -"aub naar :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "Klik uiteindelijk op **Afletteren** om het proces te voltooien." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 @@ -1415,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "We kunnen open facturen afletteren met bankafschriften" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1429,7 +1098,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "Case 1: Betaling registratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1469,19 +1138,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" -msgstr "De factuur is betaald en **het afletteren is automatisch gedaan.**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "Case 2: Bankafschriften afletteren" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "" -"We starten bij onze facturen van 3000 euro voor Smith & Co. Laten we er ook " -"vanuit gaan dat andere factureren openstaan voor verschillende klanten." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -1494,32 +1161,26 @@ msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" -"**Importeer** of **Maak** de bankafschriften. Bekijk aub de documenten van " -"de sectie bankafschriften." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "Op het dashboard, klik op **Letter # Items af**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." msgstr "" -"Indien alles correct was (correcte relatienaam, juiste bedrag) zal Odoo " -"**automatisch** de aflettering doen." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" -"Indien er fouten gevonden worden moet u **manuele acties** ondernemen." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" -"Bijvoorbeeld als de relatie mist op uw bankafschrift vult u gewoon in: " #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1527,124 +1188,179 @@ msgid "" "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "Druk op CTRL-Enter om alle gebalanceerde lijnen af te letteren." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "Hoe een nieuwe bankrekening opzetten?" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "Wijzig een bankrekening" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -"Odoo detecteert het type bankrekening (bijvoorbeeld IBAN) om betaalmethodes " -"zoals SEPA toe te staan" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Maak een bankrekening" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Soort" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" -"Bankrekening soort: Normaal of IBAN. Afgeleid vanuit het bankrekeningnummer." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "Rekeninghouder naam" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "" -"Bankrekening naamhouder, indien de naam anders is dan de naam van de " -"bankrekeninghouder" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Bekijk de *Bankrekening* in onze online demonstratie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "Verwijder een bankrekening of kredietkaart rekening" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "Hoe een bank te beheren in een vreemde valuta?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1677,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "Activeer de multi valuta optie" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1690,7 +1406,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "Configureer valuta" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1710,11 +1426,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "Klik op de **Update nu** link om uw wisselkoersen te updaten." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "Maak een nieuwe bankrekening aan" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1733,7 +1449,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "Een dagboek in uw dashboard" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1779,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "Klantafschriften" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1812,7 +1528,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 @@ -1834,427 +1550,1989 @@ msgid "" "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Actief" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Zet actief naar onwaar om het dagboek te verbergen zonder het te " -"verwijderen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "Selecteer 'Verkoop' voor klant factuur dagboeken." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Bedrijf" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Bedrijf gerelateerd aan dit dagboek" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Definieert hoe bankafschriften geregistreerd worden" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Synchronization Frequency" -msgstr "Synchronisatie frequentie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Korte code" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "De boekingen van dit dagboek worden genaamd met de prefix." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Volgend nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "" -"Het volgende reeksnummer welke gebruikt wordt voor de volgende factuur." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Dagboek reeks" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Dit veld bevat de informatie gerelateerd aan de nummering van de boekingen " -"in dit dagboek." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Toegewijde creditfactuur reeks" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Vink dit vakje aan, als u niet dezelfde reeks wil delen voor facturen en " -"credit facturen vanuit dit dagboek" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes Next Number" -msgstr "Creditfacturen volgende nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" -"De volgende reeksnummer wordt gebruikt voor de volgende creditfactuur." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Creditfactuur reeks" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Dit veld bevat de informatie gerelateerd aan de nummering van de " -"creditfacturen van dit dagboek." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Standaard debet grootboekrekening" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Dit is de standaard rekening voor het debet bedrag" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Standaard credit grootboekrekening" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Dit is de standaard rekening voor het credit bedrag" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "De gebruikte valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Communication Type" -msgstr "Communicatiesoort" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can set here the default communication that will appear on customer " -"invoices, once validated, to help the customer to refer to that particular " -"invoice when making the payment." -msgstr "" -"U kunt geen standaard communicatie plaatsen die getoond zal worden op de " -"klanten factuur, eens bevestigd, om de klant bij te staan als verwijzing " -"naar dat bijzonder factuur bij het uitvoeren van de betaling." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Communication Standard" -msgstr "Standaard communicatie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can choose different models for each type of reference. The default one " -"is the Odoo reference." -msgstr "" -"U kunt verschillende modellen kiezen voor elk type referentie. De standaard " -"is de Odoo-referentie." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name" -msgstr "Alias naam" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft invoices and bills by sending an email." -msgstr "" -"Het maakt concept verkoopfacturen en leveranciersfacturen bij het versturen " -"van een e-mail." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Winst & Verlies rekening" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Gebruikt om winst te registreren wanneer de eindsaldo van een kasregister " -"verschilt van wat het systeem berekend" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Verliesrekening" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Gebruikt om verlies te registreren wanneer de eindsaldo van een kasregister " -"verschilt van wat het systeem berekend" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Lock Posted Entries with Hash" -msgstr "Vergrendel ingevoerde gegevens met Hash" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If ticked, the accounting entry or invoice receives a hash as soon as it is " -"posted and cannot be modified anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Voor inkomende betalingen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Voor uitgaande betalingen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Cheque afdrukken betaaalmethode geselecteerd" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Technische optie gebruikt om te weten of cheque afdrukken is opgezet als " -"betalinsgmethode." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Controleer reeks" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Cheques nummering reeks." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Handmatige nummering" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" -"Vink deze optie aan als uw her-afgedrukte cheques niet genummerd zijn." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Volgende cheque numer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Reeksnummer van de volgende afgedrukte cheque." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "Gebruik" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "Hoe beheer ik contante betalingen?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "Vul de begin en eindbalans in" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "Stop geld erin" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "Haal geld uit" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" -"De transactie wordt toegevoegd aan de huidige contante betaling registratie." -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Colombia" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:232 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:236 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:40 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:60 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:665 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " +"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " +"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " +"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " +"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " +"token provided by the SBIF:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:137 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:139 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:257 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 +msgid "" +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:320 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +msgid "" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transation is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:340 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:358 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:368 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:372 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:387 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:401 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:412 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:415 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:423 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:428 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:431 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:463 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:465 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:467 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:468 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:479 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " +"using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 +msgid "" +"Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " +"each document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:545 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:553 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:575 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:577 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:587 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:604 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:625 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:637 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:649 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:659 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:683 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:687 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" -"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "Workflow" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 -msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 -msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2262,161 +3540,142 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 -msgid "3. Configure your report data" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 -msgid "4.1 Partner" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "4.1.1 Identification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "4.1.2 Fiscale structuur (RUT)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 -msgid "4.2 Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 -msgid "4.3 Journals" -msgstr "4.3 Dagboeken" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 -msgid "4.4 Users" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 -msgid "1. Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 -msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -2424,28 +3683,28 @@ msgid "" "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 -msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2455,188 +3714,174 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 -msgid "1.4 Common errors" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 -msgid "2. Additional use cases" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 -msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" -"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " -"siguientes puntos:" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "a. Plan Contable" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "b. Impuestos" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "c. Retenciones" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 -msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" -"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " -"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" -" DIAN." +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 -msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 -msgid "cz" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 -msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" -"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " -"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" " completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" " través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`__," +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " "información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `__," +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 -msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" -"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" -" Electrónica Colombiana**." +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 -msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 -msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -2644,31 +3889,31 @@ msgid "" "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 -msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " -"Información Fiscal" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -2677,24 +3922,15 @@ msgid "" "opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 -msgid "4.2 Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" -" Valor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -2702,63 +3938,60 @@ msgid "" "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 -msgid "4.3 Diarios" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta:" +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 -msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 -msgid "4.4 Usuarios" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "1. Invoice Creation" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -2766,55 +3999,48 @@ msgid "" "manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 -msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 -msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 -msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 -msgid "transacciones de importación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 -msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" -"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " -"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " -"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 -msgid "1. Invoice Validation" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -2822,11 +4048,11 @@ msgid "" "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 -msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -2836,36 +4062,34 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente." +"automáticamente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 -msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 -msgid "en el historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" -"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" -" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -2873,72 +4097,639 @@ msgid "" "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Frankrijk" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -2947,76 +4738,76 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `__. If you " +" `here `_. If you " "use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`__ or " -"contact your Odoo service provider." +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -3024,27 +4815,27 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -3054,60 +4845,59 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -"**Beveiliging**: ketenalgoritme om de onveranderbaarheid te verifiëren;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" -msgstr "Beveiliging" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -3116,7 +4906,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -3124,11 +4914,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" -msgstr "Opslag" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -3136,24 +4926,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -3161,7 +4951,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -3169,74 +4959,75 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Verantwoordelijkheden" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`__" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "`__" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`__" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Duitsland" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3244,51 +5035,54 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Balans" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "Winst & Verlies" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "BTW intra" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3297,11 +5091,185 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3310,11 +5278,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3323,30 +5291,29 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa `guida " -"`__." +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -3354,34 +5321,34 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -3389,18 +5356,18 @@ msgid "" "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -3408,11 +5375,11 @@ msgid "" "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -3421,53 +5388,53 @@ msgid "" "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Mexico" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -3477,30 +5444,30 @@ msgid "" "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "De mexicaanse lokalisatie is een groep van 3 modules:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -3509,35 +5476,33 @@ msgid "" "company in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" -"Ga eerst naar Apps en zoek vervolgens op Mexico. Klik hierna op " -"*Installeren*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 -msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -3546,11 +5511,11 @@ msgid "" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 -msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -3558,20 +5523,19 @@ msgid "" "position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" -"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " -"company" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -3581,23 +5545,24 @@ msgid "" "the option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 -msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " -"https://www.odoo.com/help." +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3605,7 +5570,7 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3613,36 +5578,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 -msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3650,14 +5615,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3666,152 +5631,152 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 -msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Facturatie" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -3819,23 +5784,23 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -3843,31 +5808,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3876,66 +5841,70 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" -"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 -msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" -msgstr "**Hoe nieuwe rekening toevoegen?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3945,17 +5914,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 -msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3963,11 +5932,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3976,28 +5945,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 -msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4005,25 +5974,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 -msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4031,24 +6000,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 -msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4057,18 +6026,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4078,7 +6047,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4086,41 +6055,42 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 -msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 -msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4129,34 +6099,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4166,26 +6136,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "Contact Module (gratis)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4195,139 +6165,134 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" -"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " -"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" -" above but:" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 -msgid "**Error message**:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': Het attribuut 'Regimen' is " -"verplicht maar ontbreekt." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" " for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " "which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " @@ -4335,93 +6300,104 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " -"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " "'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " "'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 -msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " "is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " "the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" +"required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" -"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Nederland" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -4430,127 +6406,145 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Spanje" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een nieuwe SaaS database aanmaakt wordt de PGCE PYME's 2008 " -"automatisch geïnstalleerd." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "Zwitserland" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "Vervolgens opent u een PDF bestand met de ISR." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " "bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -4558,28 +6552,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -4588,13 +6582,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -4602,466 +6596,1837 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Inkoop" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "3.7% aankopen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Verkoop" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" -msgstr "Andere" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "Controller" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "Beheer uw vaste activa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "Gebouw: 10 jaar, jaarlijkse lineaire afschrijving" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "Installeer de Uitrusting module" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "Start door de *Uitrusting* module te installeren." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal de module is geïnstalleerd zou u twee nieuwe menuitems moeten zien " -"in de boekhouding applicatie:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "Verklaring van de velden:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "Hoe beheer ik een financieel budget?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5097,7 +8462,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "Budgetposten" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -5138,8 +8503,6 @@ msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." msgstr "" -"Om de posities in te geven gaat u naar :menuselection:`Boekhouding --> " -"Configuratie --> Budgetaire posities`." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5155,11 +8518,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "Klik op *Selecteer*." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "Bewaar de wijzigingen om uw budgetaire positie te bevestigen." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -5169,7 +8532,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "Analytische rekening" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -5183,7 +8546,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "Stel een budget in" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -5222,11 +8585,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "U moet het budget **Bevestigen** en **Goedkeuren**." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "Controleer uw budget" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -5234,222 +8597,44 @@ msgid "" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -"voor meer informatie over het inboeken van facturen en inkooporders zie: " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "Ga terug in de budgetlijst en zoek het Smith project." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "Hoe een jaareinde af te sluiten in Odoo? (fiscaal jaar afsluiten)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "Jaareinde controlelijst" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Werk in voortgang**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Leningen**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Belasting aanpassingen**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Het fiscale jaar afsluiten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "Kostenplaats" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 @@ -5483,7 +8668,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "Analytische boekhouding activeren" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -5500,11 +8685,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "Vergeet uw wijzigingen niet te bewaren." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "Maak een analytische rekening." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -5517,11 +8702,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" -"We verwijzen al onze kosten door naar deze rekening om ze op te volgen." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "Registreer een uitgave" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -5531,7 +8715,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "Maak een uitgave product" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -5543,7 +8727,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "Boek de uitgave" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -5564,7 +8748,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "Inkoopproduct" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -5583,7 +8767,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "Onderaanneming" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -5593,33 +8777,33 @@ msgid "" "analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -5627,7 +8811,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 @@ -5662,11 +8846,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "Pas uw wijzigingen toe." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "Maak een werknemer aan" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -5715,11 +8899,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." +"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -5728,11 +8911,11 @@ msgid "" " below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "Vul urenstaat in" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -5740,43 +8923,43 @@ msgid "" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "Harry heeft drie uur gewerkt aan een SWOT analyse voor Smith&Co." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "Kostenplaatsen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "We kunnen twee methodes gebruiken om deze situatie te analyseren." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "Zonder filters" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -5784,54 +8967,54 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" -msgstr "Met filters" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -5848,7 +9031,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "Analyse van de kosten van een bedrijf" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" @@ -5872,7 +9055,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "Industrieel bedrijf: Kostenanalyse" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" @@ -5907,15 +9090,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "Marketing afdeling" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "Commerciële afdeling" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "Administratieve afdeling" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 @@ -5923,13 +9106,13 @@ msgstr "Administratieve afdeling" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "Productie bereik 1" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "Productie bereik 2" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5948,54 +9131,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "**Algemene rekeningen**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "**Analytische rekeningen**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "**Titel**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "**Rekening**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Debet**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Credet**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "**Waarde**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "Aankoop van grondstof" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 @@ -6003,91 +9164,91 @@ msgstr "Aankoop van grondstof" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" -msgstr "2122" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "1500" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "-1 500" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "Onderaannemers" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" -msgstr "450" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" -msgstr "-450" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "Kredietnota voor defecte materialen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" -msgstr "200" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "Vervoerskosten" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "Personeelskosten" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" -msgstr "2121" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" -msgstr "10000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "Marketing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "-2 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "Commercieel" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "-3 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "Administratief" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "-1 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" -msgstr "PR" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" -msgstr "-400" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -6134,7 +9295,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "Case 2: advocatenkantoor: kost van personeel?" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -6191,46 +9352,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "**Bedrag**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "**Algemene rekening**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "Bestudeer het bestand (1u)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "Case 1.1" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" -msgstr "-15" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "Zoek voor informatie (3u)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "-45" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "Consultatie (4u)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" -msgstr "-60" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" @@ -6239,7 +9400,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "280" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -6251,43 +9412,43 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" -msgstr "-42" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "601 - Meubel aankoop" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" -msgstr "42" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "Bezine kost - bezoek klant" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" -msgstr "-35" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "613 – Transport" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" -msgstr "35" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "Personeels salaris" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "6201 – Lonen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "3 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -6312,31 +9473,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "Case 3: IT diensten bedrijf: performantie analyse" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "De meeste IT diensten bedrijven ondervinden de volgende problemen:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," -msgstr "project planning," +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "Facturatie, winstgevendheid en financiële opvolging van projecten," +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "ondersteuningscontracten beheren." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." msgstr "" -"Om met deze problemen om te gaan gebruikt u een analytisch rekeningschema " -"gestructureerd op project en op verkooporder." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -6365,7 +9524,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "Conclusie" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -6380,280 +9539,9 @@ msgid "" "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "Wat is een rekening type en hoe configureren we het?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "Wat is een rekening type?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "Wat zijn de rekening types in Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Debiteuren" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Crediteuren" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Bank en kas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Vlottende activa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Langlopende activa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Vooruitbetalingen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Vaste activa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Kort vreemd vermogen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Lang vreemd vermogen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Eigen vermogen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Huidige jaarwinst" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Overige opbrengsten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Omzet" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Afschrijving" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Declaraties" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "Directe kosten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "Hoe configureer ik mijn rekeningen?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Indien u een SaaS gebruiker bent is het grootboekschema voor uw land " -"automatisch geïnstalleerd." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"De rekeningcategorie wordt gebruikt voor land-specifieke " -"rapportagedoeleinden en bepaalt de handelswijze bij het afsluiten van het " -"boekjaar en het openen van de balans." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Can Create Asset" -msgstr "Kan activa aanmaken" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field specifying if the account can generate asset depending on " -"it's type. It is used in the account form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Model" -msgstr "Soort activa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this is selected, an asset will be created automatically when Journal " -"Items on this account are posted." -msgstr "" -"Als dit is geselecteerd, wordt een activa automatisch aangemaakt wanneer " -"boekingen voor dit dagboek worden geboekt." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Labels" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Optionele labels die u wilt toewijzen voor aangepaste rapportages" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Rekening valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "Forceert alle boekingen voor deze rekening naar deze tweede valuta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Interne soort" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"De 'Interne soort' wordt gebruikt om kenmerken aan te duiden bij " -"verschillende rekeningen: liquiditeit is voor kas- en bankrekeningen, " -"crediteuren/debiteuren is voor leverancier-/klantfacturen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Group" -msgstr "Interne groep" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Group' is used to filter accounts based on the internal group " -"set on the account type." -msgstr "" -"De 'Interne Groep' is gebruikt om de rekeningen te filteren gebaseerd op de " -"interne groep voor dit rekening type." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Afletteren toestaan" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Vink deze optie aan als u deze rekening wilt toestaan op facturen & " -"betalingen te matchen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Voorraad" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" @@ -6679,7 +9567,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "Definitie van een gemiddelde kost" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -6706,7 +9594,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "De inkoopprijs definieren" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -6718,7 +9606,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "Gemiddelde kost voorbeeld" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -6726,14 +9614,14 @@ msgstr "Gemiddelde kost voorbeeld" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Handeling" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "Delta waarde" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -6741,7 +9629,7 @@ msgstr "Delta waarde" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Voorraadwaarde" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -6749,7 +9637,7 @@ msgstr "Voorraadwaarde" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -6757,7 +9645,7 @@ msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "Gemiddelde kost" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 @@ -6768,60 +9656,60 @@ msgstr "Gemiddelde kost" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" -msgstr "$0" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" -msgstr "0" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan $10" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" -msgstr "$80" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" -msgstr "8" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" -msgstr "$10" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan $16" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" -msgstr "$144" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" -msgstr "12" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 @@ -6843,16 +9731,16 @@ msgstr "12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" -msgstr "$12" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "Lever 10 producten" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 @@ -6860,7 +9748,7 @@ msgstr "-10\\*$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" -msgstr "$24" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 @@ -6868,7 +9756,7 @@ msgstr "$24" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "2" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -6911,14 +9799,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "Terugkeer van product dat origineel gekocht is aan $10" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 @@ -6926,7 +9814,7 @@ msgstr "-1\\*$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" -msgstr "1" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" @@ -6953,17 +9841,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "**$2**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" -msgstr "**0**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -6979,7 +9867,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "**$0**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -7013,31 +9901,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" -msgstr "prijs verschil" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "($80)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "Ontvang leveranciersrekening van $80" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" -msgstr "($64)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "Ontvang leveranciersrekening van $64" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "**$10**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "**$12**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" @@ -7045,7 +9933,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" -msgstr "$2" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -7056,13 +9944,9 @@ msgid "" "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "Wisselkoersen toepassen op betalingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7079,7 +9963,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "Multi valuta inschakelen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -7098,8 +9982,6 @@ msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." msgstr "" -"In dit document is de basis valuta **Euro** en we registreren betalingen in " -"**dollar**." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -7110,7 +9992,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "Configureer uw dagboek" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -7128,7 +10010,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "Een betaling maken in een andere valuta" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -7148,12 +10030,10 @@ msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." msgstr "" -"Ga terug naar uw factuur (:menuselection:`Verkopen --> Klantfacturen`) en " -"klik op **toevoegen** om de betaling toe te wijzen." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "Een bankafschrift maken in een andere valuta" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -7172,7 +10052,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "Controleer de wisselkoers verschillen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -7186,21 +10066,34 @@ msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Hoe werkt de Odoo multi valuta?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7213,7 +10106,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "Multi valuta inschakelen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -7222,10 +10115,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "Wisselkoers dagboek" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -7237,11 +10130,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "U kan het wijzigen in de instellingen:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "Bekijk of wijzig het gebruikte tarief" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -7262,7 +10155,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "Live wisselkoers" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -7280,41 +10173,39 @@ msgid "" " are set !" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "Enkel de **actieve** valuta's worden geupdatet" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "Uw grootboekschema configureren" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." msgstr "" -"Indien u het leeg laat betekend dit dat het alle valuta's kan afhandelen die" -" actief zijn." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "Configureer uw dagboeken" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" @@ -7322,18 +10213,22 @@ msgid "" "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "Verkooporders en facturen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -7341,11 +10236,11 @@ msgid "" "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -7353,21 +10248,17 @@ msgid "" "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "Betalingsregistraties" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Bankafschriften" +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " @@ -7375,14 +10266,14 @@ msgid "" "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" @@ -7391,16 +10282,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "Hoe facturen & betalingen registreren in meerdere valuta's?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7423,22 +10314,16 @@ msgid "" "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" -"Wanneer een factuur wordt aangemaakt kan de valuta heel gemakkelijk " -"gewijzigd worden; Odoo gebruikt wel de bedrijfsvaluta als standaard " -"toewijzing. Het converteert automatisch de aantallen die deze valuta " -"gebruiken." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "Multi valuta inschakelen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -"Gelieve de documentatie te lezen voor informatie over meerdere valuta: " -":doc:`how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -7452,18 +10337,12 @@ msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Facturen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Facturen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "Multi-valuta betalingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -7474,7 +10353,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "Bank afschriften in meerdere valuta" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -7490,1502 +10369,625 @@ msgid "" "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rapportages" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "Hoe een gepersonaliseerd rapport aanmaken met uw eigen formules?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Activeer de ontwikkelaars mode" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "Klik op: **Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "Maak uw financieel rapport" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "**Analyse Periode**:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "Voeg lijnen toe in uw gepersonaliseerde rapporten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "U heeft verschillende beschikbare objecten in de formule:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "Andere handige velden:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "**Type**: Type van het resultaat van de formule." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "Wat zijn de belangrijkste beschikbare rapporten?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "**Saldo overzicht**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "**Winst en Verlies**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "**Grootboekschema**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "**Managementsamenvatting**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "**Grootboek**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "**Te late betalers**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "**Cashflow afschriften**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "**Belasting rapport**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Afletteren bank**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Winst en Verlies" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "Rekeningschema" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "Een overzicht van al uw rekeningen gegroepeerd per klasse." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Managementsamenvatting" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "**Performantie:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "**netto winst marge:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Rendement op investering (p.a):**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "**Positie:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Grootboek" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse leveranciersfacturen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse klantfacturen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Cashflow" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "BTW rapportage" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "BTW" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" -"Hoe prijzen te beheren voor B2B (zonder belastingen) en B2C (belastingen " -"inbegrepen)?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u werkt met consumenten worden prijzen vaak uitgedrukt inclusief " -"belastingen (bijvoorbeeld op de meeste e-commerce platformen). Maar, wanneer" -" u werkt in een B2B omgeving onderhandelen bedrijven meestal over prijzen " -"exclusief belastingen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo beheert beide usecases gemakkelijk, zolang u uw prijzen registreert op " -"uw producten inclusief belastingen of exclusief belastingen, maar niet beide" -" samen. Indien u alle prijzen inclusief belastingen beheert (of exclusief) " -"kan u nog gemakkelijk een verkooporder maken met prijzen zonder belastingen " -"(of inclusief): dat is gemakkelijk." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Deze documentatie is enkel voor deze specifieke usecase waar u twee " -"referenties moet hebben voor de prijs (inclusief of exclusief belastingen), " -"voor hetzelfde product. De reden van de complexiteit is omdat er geen " -"symetrische relatie is met prijzen inclusief en prijzen exclusief " -"belastingen, zoals getoond in deze usecase, in België met een belasting van " -"21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "Uw e-commerce heeft een product aan **10€ (belastingen inbegrepen)**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "Dit is **8.26€ (zonder belastingen)** en een **belasting van 1.74€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Maar voor dezelfde uscase, indien u een prijs registreert zonder belastingen" -" op het productformulier (8.26€), krijgt u een prijs met een inbegrepen " -"belasting van 9.99€, omdat:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Dus, afhankelijk van hoe u uw prijzen registreert op het productformulier " -"krijgt u verschillende resultaten voor de prijs inclusief belastingen en de " -"prijs exclusief belastingen:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "Exclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "Inclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Indien u 100 stuks koopt aan 10€ inclusief belastingen, wordt het nog " -"complexer. U krijgt **1000€ (inclusief belastingen) = 826.45€ (prijs) + " -"173.55€ (belastingen)**. Wat totaal anders is dan een prijs per stuk van " -"8.26€ exclusief belastingen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"Deze documentatie legt u uit hoe u deze specifieke usecase moet afhandelen " -"wanneer u twee prijzen moet afhandelen (inclusief en exclusief belastingen) " -"op het productformulier binnen hetzelfde bedrijf." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"Wat betreft de financiën heeft u geen inkomsten meer bij het verkopen van uw" -" product aan 10€ in plaats van 9.99€ (voor een 21% belasting), omdat uw " -"inkomsten exact hetzelfde zijn aan 9.99€, enkel de belasting is 0.01€ hoger." -" Dus, als u een e-commerce heeft in België doe uw klant dan een plezier en " -"stel uw prijs in op 9.99€ in plaats van 10€. Merk op dat dit niet van " -"toepassing is op 20€ of 30€, of andere belastingen, of een hoeveelheid >1. U" -" doet ook zichzelf een plezier aangezien u gemakkelijk alles kan beheren " -"exclusief belastingen, wat minder fouten kan bevatten en gemakkelijker is " -"voor uw verkoper." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"De beste manier om deze complexiteit te vermijden is om slechts één manier " -"te gebruiken voor het beheren van uw prijzen en deze aan te houden: prijzen " -"exclusief belastingen of inclusief belastingen. Definieer welke de standaard" -" bewaarde optie is op het productformulier (op de standaard belasting " -"gerelateerd aan het product), en laat Odoo de andere automatisch berekenen, " -"gebaseerd op de prijslijst en fiscale positie. Onderhandel uw contracten met" -" klanten hier naar. Dit werkt perfect out-of-the-box en u hoeft geen " -"specifieke configuratie te doen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u dit niet kan doen en u echt moet onderhandelen over prijzen " -"exclusief belastingen en voor andere klanten andere prijzen inclusief " -"belastingen moet doen, moet u:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"bewaar altijd de standaard prijs EXCLUSIEF BELASTINGEN op het product " -"formulier en pas een belasting toe (prijs inclusief op het productformulier)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"maak een prijslijst met prijzen in BELASTING INBEGREPEN, voor specifieke " -"klanten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" -"maak een fiscale positie die de belastingen wijzigt van exclusief naar " -"inclusief" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"wijs beide de prijslijst en de fiscale positie toe aan klanten die willen " -"profiteren van deze prijslijst en fiscale positie" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" -"Voor het doel van deze documentatie gebruiken we de bovenstaande case:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Uw producten instellen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal dit klaar is kan u een **B2C** prijslijst aanmaken. U kan de " -"prijslijst optie activeren per klant vanuit het menu " -":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` van de verkopen applicatie. " -"Kies de optie **verschillende prijzen per klantensegment**. " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal dit klaar is maakt u een B2C prijslijst vanuit het " -":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Prijslijsten` menu. Het is ook goed om de " -"standaard prijslijst te hernoemen naar B2B om verwarring te vermijden." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Maak vervolgens een product aan voor 8.26€, met een belasting van 21% " -"(gedefinieerd als belasting die niet inbegrepen is in de prijs) en stel een " -"prijs in voor dit product van 10€ voor de B2C klant, vanuit het " -":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Producten` menu vanuit de verkopen applicatie: " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "De B2C fiscale positie instellen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"Maak een B2C fiscale positie aan vanuit de boekhouding applicatie vanuit dit" -" menu: :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Fiscale posities`. Deze fiscale " -"positie moet linken naar de BTW 21% (prijs exclusief belastingen) met een " -"BTW 21% (prijs inclusief belastingen)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Test door een offerte aan te maken" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Maak een offerte vanuit de verkopen applicatie via het " -":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Offertes` menu. U moet het volgende resultaat " -"hebben: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Maak dan een offerte aan maar **wijzig de prijslijst naar B2C en de fiscale " -"positie naar B2C** op de offerte, voor u het product toevoegt. U zou het " -"verwachte resultaat moeten krijgen, wat een totaalprijs van 10€ is voor de " -"klant: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Dit is het verwachte gedrag van een klant voor uw winkel." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Vermijd het wijzigen van elk verkooporder" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"De prijslijst is onder het **Verkopen & Inkopen** tabblad van het " -"klantenformulier en de fiscale positie is in het boekhoud tabblad." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat dit gevoelig is voor fouten: als u een fiscale positie instelt " -"met belastingen inbegrepen in de prijzen maar u een prijslijst gebruikt " -"waarin dit niet is inbegrepen krijgt u mogelijk foutieve berekende prijzen. " -"Dat is waarom we meestal bedrijven aanbevelen om met slechts één " -"prijsreferentie te werken." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "Hoe belastingen aanpassen aan de klantstatus of locatie" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn status" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo zal deze fiscale positie gebruiken voor elke order/factuur die " -"opgemaakt is voor deze klant." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" -"Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn adres (locatie gebaseerd)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Vink de optie *Automatisch detecteren* aan." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer een landgroep, land, provincie of gemeente om de belasting mapping" -" te doen afgaan." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" -"Op deze manier zal Odoo indien er geen fiscale positie is ingesteld de " -"fiscale positie kiezen die overeenkomt met het verzendadres bij het aanmaken" -" van een order." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Specifieke use cases" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen beheren" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen configureren?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "Wat is de impact van kasbasis belastingen op mijn boekhouding?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Klantfacturen dagboek" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Ontvangsten $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Omzetrekening $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Een paar dagen later kan u de betaling ontvangen:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Bankdagboek" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Bank $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "BTW kasstelsel dagboek" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Hoe nieuwe belastingen aanmaken" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"Deze sectie geeft details over hoe uw nieuwe belastingen kan definiëren voor" -" specifieke cases." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" -"Kies een gebied: Verkopen, Aankopen of Geen (bijvoorbeeld verouderde " -"belastingen)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Selecteer een berekeningsmethode:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"**Percentage van prijs**: meest voorkomend (bijvoorbeeld 15% " -"verkoopbelasting)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Groep van belastingen**: staat een samengestelde belasting toe" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "Hoe standaard belastingen instellen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" -"Belastingen toegepast in uw land zijn automatisch geïnstalleerd voor de " -"meeste lokaliseringen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Hoe belastingen weerhouden beheren?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, in Colombia heeft u mogelijk de volgende factuur:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"Het uitgeprinte rapport toont de verschillende bedragen in elke " -"belastingscategorie." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "Hoe BTW inbegrepen prijzen instellen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Indien de belasting niet in de prijs is inbegrepen krijgt u:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Belastingen: $10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $110" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Als de belasting is inbegrepen in de prijs" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: 90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Belastingen: $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "In Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Hoe het werkt" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Aan de slag" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "Hoe Odoo boekhouding op te zetten?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "De implementatie handleiding helpt u doorheen de volgende stappen:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "Bedrijfsinstellingen voltooien" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "Uw grootboekschema selecteren" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "Uw gebruikelijke belastingen bevestigen" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "Vreemde valuta's opzetten" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "Uw klanten importeren" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "Uw leveranciers importeren" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "Uw producten importeren" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "Uw uitstaande transacties importeren" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "Startbalansen importeren" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "Definieer de gebruiker voor de boekhouding" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "Belangrijkste concepten" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "De boekhouding achter Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." msgstr "" -"Deze pagina vat samen hoe Odoo omgaat met typische boekhouding en " -"transacties." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "Dubbele boekhouding" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9000,10 +11002,10 @@ msgid "" "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"`__" +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 @@ -9019,7 +11021,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-bedrijven" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -9035,7 +11037,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "Multi-valuta" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -9053,7 +11055,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "Internationale standaarden" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -9078,77 +11080,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo heeft ook modules die voldoen aan de IFRS regels." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "Breed gamma aan financiële rapporten" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "Management rapporten (zoals budgetten, managementsamenvatting)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "Importeer automatisch bankafschriften" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -9158,7 +11154,7 @@ msgid "" "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -9166,39 +11162,39 @@ msgid "" "ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Voorraadwaardering" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"`__" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -9206,87 +11202,6 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo boekhouden" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcriptie" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" -"Odoo is prachtige software die ontwikkeld is voor de noden van de 21ste " -"eeuw." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "Odoo kan ze voor u verzenden via e-mail of post." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" -"Uw klanten betalen online, wat betekend dat u direct uw geld ontvangt." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"Odoo boekhouding is gekoppeld met alle andere Odoo apps zoals verkopen, " -"inkopen, magazijn en abonnementen." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik vervolgens het SEPA protocol of print cheque's om leveranciers in " -"bulk te betalen." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "Het is zo gemakkelijk met Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" -"Uiteraard is Odoo ook mobiel. U kan het gebruiken om uw rekeningen onderweg " -"te controleren." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" @@ -9356,10 +11271,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Grootboekschema" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -9370,12 +11281,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "Balans = Debet - Credit" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "Boekingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -9393,34 +11305,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "" -"voorbeelden van boekhoudkundige boekingen voor verschillende transacties. " -"Bijvoorbeeld:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "Voorbeeld 1: Factuur klant:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "Uitleg:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "U genereert een omzet van $1,000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "U moet voor $90 aan belastingen betalen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "De klant is u $1,090 verschuldigd" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Configuratie:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" @@ -9433,7 +11343,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "Belasting: gedefinieerd op de belasting ingesteld op de factuurlijn" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -9443,15 +11353,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "Voorbeeld 2: Klantbetaling:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "Uw klant is u $1,090 minder schuldig" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "U ontvangt $1,090 op uw bankrekening" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" @@ -9462,7 +11372,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "Aflettering" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -9485,11 +11395,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "Afletteren gebeurd automatisch door het systeem wanneer:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "de betaling is rechtstreekt op e factuur geregistreerd." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -9499,110 +11409,81 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "Rekeningoverzicht voorbeeld" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "Debiteuren rekeningen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Debet" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Credit" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "Factuur 1" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "Betaling 1.1" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "70" -msgstr "70" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "Factuur 2" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "65" -msgstr "65" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "Betaling 1.2" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" -msgstr "30" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "Betaling 2" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "Factuur 3" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 msgid "50" -msgstr "50" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "Totaal te betalen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -9613,7 +11494,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "overeenkomst met een vorige geregistreerde betaling:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -9623,7 +11504,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "geregistreerd als een nieuwe betaling:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -9634,11 +11515,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "geregistreerd als een andere transactie:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "bankoverschrijving, direct afrekening, enz." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -9673,38 +11554,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" -msgstr "Account" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "Debiteurenrekening" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "Factuur ABC" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 @@ -9714,17 +11583,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "Cheque 0123" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" -msgstr "Bank" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -9735,15 +11602,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "Bankafschrift" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "Afschrift XYZ" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "Proces overzicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" @@ -9782,10 +11649,6 @@ msgid "" "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "Factuur aanmaken" - #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " @@ -9803,15 +11666,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "Concept facturen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" msgstr "" -"Het systeem genereert facturen die initieel in de concept fase zaten. " -"Terwijl deze facturen" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -9821,48 +11682,47 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "Laten we een factuur aanmaken met de volgende informatie:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "Klant: Agrolait" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "Hoeveelheid: 1" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "Eenheidsprijs: 100" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "Belastingen: BTW 15%" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "Het document is samengesteld uit drie delen:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "de bovenkant van de factuur, met klant informatie," +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "de hoofdinhoud van de factuur, met gedetailleerde factuurlijnen," +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "" -"de onderkant van de pagina, met details over de belastingen en de totalen." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "Open of proforma facturen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -9892,7 +11752,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "Verzend de factuur naar de klant" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -9909,37 +11769,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "**Relatie**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "**Vervaldatum**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "Agrolait" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "01/07/2015" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" -msgstr "115" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" -msgstr "15" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Betaling" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -9956,7 +11816,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "Ontvang een gedeeltelijke betaling via het bankafschrift" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -9973,11 +11833,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Afletteren" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "Laten we nu afletteren!" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -10000,7 +11860,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "Betaling opvolging" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -10043,7 +11903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "Winst en verlies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -10073,7 +11933,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "Van leveranciersrekening naar betaling" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10092,7 +11952,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "Maak een nieuwe leveranciersfactuur" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -10152,11 +12012,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "**Belastingen:** gedefinieerd op de producten en per lijn" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "**Kosten:** gedefinieerd op de lijn van het gebruikte product" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -10166,7 +12026,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "**Goederen ontvangen:** gedefinieerd op het product formulier" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -10176,7 +12036,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "Betaal een rekening" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -10234,6 +12094,11 @@ msgid "" "once." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" @@ -10257,341 +12122,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "Hoe personeelsuitgaven opvolgen?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "autoreizen, terugbetaald per afstandseenheid (mijl of kilometer)," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "Een paar voorbeelden van producten kunnen zijn:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "**Reizen (auto)**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "Productsoort: Dienst" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "Verkoopprijs: 0.32" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "**Hotel**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "Maateenheid: Eenheid" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo ondersteund twee soorten van uitgaven:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "uitgaven betaald door werknemers met hun eigen geld" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "uitgaven betaald met een bedrijf kredietkaart" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "De uitgaven werkflow" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "Registreer een nieuwe uitgave" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "een werknemer geeft zijn kost in en legt deze voor aan de manager" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "de manager keurt de kost goed of weigert ze" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "voor elke kost moet de werknemer ten minste het volgende ingeven:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" -"een omschrijving: deze moet de referentie naar het ticket / de rekening " -"bevatten" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "een product: de uitgave soort" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" -"een prijs (bijvoorbeeld hotel) of een hoeveelheid (bijvoorbeeld " -"terugbetaling van het gereisde aantal kilometers met de eigen auto)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "Validatie door de manager" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "De manager kan:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" -"communiceer op een declaratie om meer informatie te vragen (bijvoorbeeld als" -" er een scan van het document ontbreekt);" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "wijs een uitgave af;" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "keur een uitgave goed." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "Werknemer terugbetalen" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**gebaseerd op tijd en materiaal**: factuur de klant opnieuw" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**gebaseerd op verkooporders**: de klant niet opnieuw factureren" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 @@ -10610,7 +12148,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "Configuratie: betalingstermijnen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -10621,11 +12159,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "50% binnen 30 dagen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "50% binnen 45 dagen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -10666,11 +12204,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" -"Dit rapport verteld u hoeveel u de komende maanden zult moeten betalen." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "Selecteer te betalen rekening" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -10689,11 +12226,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "Leverancierbetalingenen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "Betaling met cheques" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10706,7 +12243,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "Installeer de vereiste module" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -10717,18 +12254,18 @@ msgid "" "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " "install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "Activeer cheque betalingsmethode" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -10737,64 +12274,61 @@ msgid "" "set **Check**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" -msgstr "Verenigde Staten" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -"Voor de Verenigde Staten ondersteunt Odoo standaard de cheque formaten van:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" -"Het is ook mogelijk om uw eigen cheque formaat te wijzigen door middel van " -"aanpassingen." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Betaal een leveranciersfactuur met een cheque" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "Een leverancier betalen met een cheque gebeurd in drie stappen:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "bankafschriften afletteren" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "Registreer een betaling via cheque" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -10803,149 +12337,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Heeft facturen" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Technisch veld gebruikt voor gebruiksvriendelijke doeleinden" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field containing the invoice for which the payment has been " -"generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This does not especially correspond to the invoices reconciled with the " -"payment," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "as it can have been generated first, and reconciled later" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Verberg betalinsgmethode" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Technisch veld gebruikt om de betaalmethode te verbergen als het " -"geselecteerde dagboek maar één betalingsmethode heeft die 'handmatig' is" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "Betalingsmethode" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Technisch veld dat gebruikt wordt om de interface te wijzigen naar de " -"geselecteerde betaaalmethode." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Saved payment token" -msgstr "Bewaarde betalingstoken" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that tokens from acquirers set to only authorize transactions (instead " -"of capturing the amount) are not available." -msgstr "" -"Let op dat tokens van verwerkers ingesteld op alleen geautoriseerde " -"transacties (in plaats van het vastleggen van het bedrag) niet beschikbaar " -"zijn." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Geef bankrekening relatie weer" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Technisch veld gebruikt om aan te geven of het veld " -"'partner_bank_account_id' noodzakelijk is om al dan niet weer te geven in " -"het formulier betalings overzicht." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Require Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Vereist bankrekening klant" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be required or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Technisch veld gebruikt om aan te geven of het veld " -"'partner_bank_account_id' noodzakelijk is om al dan niet weer te geven in " -"het formulier betalingsoverzicht." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Controleer nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Het geselecteerde dagboek is geconfigureerd om chequenummers af te drukken. " -"Als uw voorgedrukt papier al nummers bevat of als het huidige nummer fout is" -" kan u dit wijzigen op de dagboek configuratie pagina." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Journal Item Label" -msgstr "Boekingsregel label" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Change label of the counterpart that will hold the payment difference" -msgstr "Wijzig label van de tegenrekening welke het betaalverschil bevat" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "Print cheques" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -10953,7 +12348,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -10961,65 +12356,65 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "Bankafschriften afletteren" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "Betaal eender wat met een cheque" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks `_" -msgstr "`Print cheques`_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" -msgstr "`Bankafschriften afletteren `_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "Hoe meerdere rekeningen tegelijk te betalen?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11030,11 +12425,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "Betaal meerdere rekeningen met één betaling" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "Registreer verschillende betalingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -11077,7 +12472,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "Betaal verschillende rekeningen samen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -11111,7 +12506,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "Eerst moeten we een betaling aanmaken" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -11139,72 +12534,63 @@ msgid "" "transaction amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "We hebben de volgende rekeningen aangemaakt:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" -"Nu gaan we terug naar het bankafschrift en openen we de afletter weergave." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:65 msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "Betaal met SEPA" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11219,8 +12605,6 @@ msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" -"SEPA is ondersteund door de banken van de 28 EU lidstaten en ook door " -"Ijsland, Noorwegen, Zwitserland, Andorra, Monaco en San Marino." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -11246,19 +12630,17 @@ msgid "" "Odoo payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" -"Volgens uw land en grootboekschema kan deze module standaard worden " -"geïnstalleerd." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "Activeer SEPA betalingsmethodes op banken" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:42 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -11266,20 +12648,20 @@ msgid "" "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -11287,40 +12669,38 @@ msgid "" "company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:68 msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "Registreer uw betalingen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "" -"Voor toekomstige betalingen aan deze leverancier stelt Odoo u automatisch de" -" rekeningen voor maar u kan andere selecteren of aanmaken." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -11328,17 +12708,17 @@ msgid "" "linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "Genereer SEPA bestanden" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -11346,128 +12726,647 @@ msgid "" "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "De bank weigert mijn SEPA bestand" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " "they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " "error message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:121 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " "for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr ":doc:`check`" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "Wanneer moet ik leveranciersrekeningen of inkooprekeningen gebruiken?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "Registreer een ticket" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Linear" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Degressive" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Accelerated Degressive" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " +"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " +"lower amount than the previous entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " +"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " +"one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 @@ -11486,31 +13385,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "Hier is de standaard werk flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." msgstr "" -"U begint met een **Offerteaanvraag (RFQ)** om uit te zenden naar uw " -"leverancier(s)." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." msgstr "" -"Eenmaal de leverancier uw RFQ heeft geaccepteerd bevestigd u de RFQ naar een" -" **Inkooporder (PO)**." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." msgstr "" -"De PO bevestigen genereert een **Inkomende zending** indien u " -"voorraadproducten heeft aangekocht." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -11523,12 +13416,10 @@ msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." msgstr "" -"Het proces kan gedaan worden door drie verschillende mensen binnen het " -"bedrijf, maar ook door één iemand." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "De Inkoop en Magazijn applicaties installeren" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -11539,7 +13430,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "Producten aanmaken" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -11569,7 +13460,7 @@ msgid "" "of these designations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -11577,15 +13468,15 @@ msgid "" "product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Beheer uw leveranciersrekeningen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "Koop producten of diensten" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -11595,17 +13486,17 @@ msgid "" "Reference)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "Producten ontvangen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -11614,13 +13505,13 @@ msgid "" "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -11630,22 +13521,22 @@ msgid "" "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Beheer leverancier rekeningen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -11658,29 +13549,28 @@ msgid "" "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -"Uw leverancier stuurt u een gedeeltelijke rekening of vraagt een voorschot." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -11690,79 +13580,76 @@ msgid "" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "Factuur fabrikant matching" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "Hoe producthoeveelheden beheerd worden" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "" -"Standaard zijn diensten gebaseerd op bestelde hoeveelheden, terwijl " -"voorraadproducten en verbruiksartikelen beheerd worden gebaseerd op " -"ontvangen hoeveelheden." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -11772,27 +13659,25 @@ msgid "" "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" msgstr "" -"U kan vervolgens de standaard beheer methode van het geselecteerde product " -"wijzigen om gebaseerd te zijn op:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "Bestelde hoeveelheden" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -11801,14 +13686,165 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "Klantfacturen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" @@ -11886,76 +13922,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 @@ -12020,17 +14044,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 msgid "Partial Refund" -msgstr "Gedeeltelijke terugbetaling" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 msgid "Full Refund" -msgstr "Volledige terugbetaling" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" -msgstr "Volledige terugbetaling en nieuwe concept factuur" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -12115,325 +14139,338 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "Module installatie" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "Voorbeeld: 12 maanden onderhoudscontract" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "1 jaar dienstencontract" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "3 jaar dienstencontracten" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "Stel uitgestelde omzet in op producten" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Product" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Uitgestelde omzetsoort" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "Ondersteuningscontract: 3 jaar" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "Netflix abonnement: 3 jaar" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "Bloemen elke maand" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "1 jaar product contract" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "Verkoop en factureer producten" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "**Dr**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "**Cr**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "24000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "1000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "Voorbeeld, voor een specifieke factuur:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "Betaal 50% binnen 10 dagen" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "Betaal de resterende balans binnen 30 dagen" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -"De omschrijving van de betalingsconditie verschijnt op de factuur of het " -"verkooporder." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "Betalingstermijnen voor klanten" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "U kan betalingstermijnen instellen op:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." msgstr "" -"**een offerte**: de betalingstermijn is van toepassing op alle facturen " -"aangemaakt vanuit de offerte of verkooporder, maar niet op andere offertes." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**een factuur**: de betaaltermijn is enkel op deze factuur van toepassing" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Vervaldatum" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "Jan 03" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "Jan 30" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "90" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "Overzicht van de factureringsprocessen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12444,24 +14481,16 @@ msgid "" "validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " "email)." msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van de zaak en de applicatie die u gebruikt zijn er " -"verschillende manieren om het facturatieproces te automatiseren naar " -"klanten. Meestal worden concept facturen aangemaakt door het systeem (met " -"informatie komende van andere documenten zoals verkooporders of contracten) " -"en moet de boekhouder enkel de concept facturen valideren en de facturen in " -"batchen uitzenden (via reguliere mail of e-mail)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van uw zaak kan u kiezen voor één van de volgende manieren om " -"conceptfacturen te maken:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "Verkooporder ‣ Factuur" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -12469,10 +14498,6 @@ msgid "" "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" -"In de meeste bedrijven maken verkopers offertes die vervolgens verkooporders" -" worden wanneer ze gevalideerd worden. Vervolgens worden conceptfacturen " -"aangemaakt gebaseerd op de verkooporders. U heeft verschillende opties " -"zoals:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -12488,16 +14513,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "Factuur gebaseerd op lever order: zie volgende sectie" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" -"Factureren voor levering wordt meestal gebruikt door de e-commerce " -"applicatie wanneer de klant het order betaald en wij hierna leveren. (pre-" -"paid)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -12509,13 +14531,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "Het proces is goed voor beide diensten en fysieke producten." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -12523,70 +14549,67 @@ msgid "" " actual Kg)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" -"Op deze manier, indien u een deel van een order levert, factureert u enkel " -"wat echt geleverd is. Indien u backorders doet (deels leveren en de rest " -"later), zal de klant twee facturen ontvangen, één voor elke leveringsorder." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "eCommerce Order ‣ Factuur" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " "creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " "received." msgstr "" -"Een e-commerce order doet ook het aanmaken van het order afgaan wanneer deze" -" volledig betaald is. Indien u toestaat dat Orders betaald worden via cheque" -" of overschrijving zal Odoo enkel een order aanmaken en wordt de factuur " -"aangemaakt wanneer de betaling ontvangen is." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "Contracten" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "Reguliere contracten ‣ Facturen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 -msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "Activiteiten kunnen zijn:" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "aangekochte materialen (die u her-factureert)" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "kosten zoals reizen en verblijf die u door factureert naar de klant" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -12594,9 +14617,21 @@ msgid "" "use a regular sales order." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "Herhalende contracten ‣ Facturen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -12604,349 +14639,709 @@ msgid "" "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" " the contract." msgstr "" -"Voor abonnementen wordt er automatisch, periodiek, een factuur aangemaakt. " -"De frequentie van het factuur en de diensten/producten die gefactureerd " -"worden zijn gedefinieerd op het contract." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "Manueel een factuur aanmaken" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" -"Gebruikers kunnen ook manueel facturen of orders aanmaken zonder contracten " -"te gebruiken. Het is een aanbevolen aanpak indien u niet het beheerproces " -"moet beheren (offertes), of de levering van de producten of diensten." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" -"Zelfs als u het factuur genereert van een verkooporder moet u mogelijk nog " -"manueel factureren aanmaken in uitzonderlijke situaties:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "Indien u een terugbetaling moet aanmaken" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "Indien u een korting moet geven" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" -"Indien u een aangemaakte factuur moet wijzigen vanuit een verkooporder" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" -"Indien u iets moet factureren dat niet gerelateerd is met de hoofdzaken" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "Specifieke modules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "Sommige specifieke modules kunnen ook concept facturen aanmaken:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "**lidmaatschap**: Factuur uw leden elk jaar" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "Hoe betalingstermijnen in te stellen en te gebruiken" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "Betalingstermijnen gebruiken" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "Betalingstermijnen kunnen ingesteld worden op:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**een factuur**: om de betalingsconditie enkel toe te passen op deze factuur" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "Betalingscondities voor leveranciersrekeningen" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "Klantbetalingen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries. `_" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 -msgid "Create a mandate" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 @@ -12992,7 +15387,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" @@ -13038,16 +15432,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" @@ -13057,14 +15447,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" -msgstr "100.00" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 @@ -13084,10 +15468,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" -msgstr "X" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -13105,7 +15487,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" @@ -13131,7 +15512,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" @@ -13152,201 +15532,6 @@ msgid "" "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "Van kredietkaart betalingen naar bankafschriften" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Betaalmethode**: Kredietkaart" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "**Memo**: schrijf de factuur referentie" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Creditcards" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" -"De factuur is gemarkeerd als betaald vanaf u de kredietkaart betaling " -"registreert." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "Kredietkaarten" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "**Memo**: schrijf het kredietkaart transactie nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" @@ -13360,7 +15545,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "Beheer uw opvolging" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -13438,8 +15623,61 @@ msgid "" "negative number of due days." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 @@ -13464,7 +15702,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "Een factuur betalen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -13480,7 +15718,7 @@ msgid "" "the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -13488,15 +15726,15 @@ msgid "" "Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "Betalingen niet gekoppeld aan een factuur" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "Een betaling registreren" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -13504,7 +15742,7 @@ msgid "" " be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -13513,23 +15751,23 @@ msgid "" "document in the memo field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -13537,55 +15775,55 @@ msgid "" "\"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " "feature within Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " "Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " "matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" -msgstr "Overboeking van geld van een bankrekening naar een andere" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." -msgstr "Dit brengt u naar hetzelfde scherm als ontvangsten en betalingen." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -13594,6 +15832,565 @@ msgid "" " with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 71b562179..874fe10f0 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 +# Nils van Odoo , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Nils van Odoo , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5cb04882 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1731 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../contributing.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing to the documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "Content guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " +"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " +"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " +"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " +"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " +"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " +"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 +msgid "Writing style" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " +"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" +" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " +"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 +msgid "Consistency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 +msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " +"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " +"it to match your own style." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 +msgid "Grammatical tenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " +"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" +" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Good example (present):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Bad example (future):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " +"to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 +msgid "Paragraphing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " +"They usually are two to six lines long." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " +"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " +"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " +"separating ideas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 +msgid "Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "To write a good title :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "**Be concise.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 +msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Document's structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" +"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " +"the side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H1: Page Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " +"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " +"contents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " +"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " +"is documentation and not marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" +" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " +"topic** in the following paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " +"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " +"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " +"enable the XYZ feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." +" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H3: Subsection**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" +" in the form of a question, if appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 +msgid "**H2: Next Section**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " +"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " +"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" +" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " +"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " +"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 +msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 +msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " +"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " +"resizing the width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 +msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " +"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " +"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " +"width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 +msgid "ALT tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 +msgid "" +"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " +"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " +"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " +"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " +"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 +msgid "Good ALT tags are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 +msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 +msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 +msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 +msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 +msgid "Introduction guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " +"documentation of Odoo!**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " +"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" +" or document an application from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " +"`_ of Odoo. The " +"documentation for `developing in Odoo " +"`_ in maintained " +"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 +msgid "reStructuredText" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " +"markup language " +"`_ consisting of " +"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " +"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " +"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " +"you intend to make only small changes to the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " +"sheet for RST ` which contains all the information that you" +" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content ` " +"and :doc:`RST ` guidelines as you write documentation. This " +"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " +"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 +msgid "" +"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " +"account. Click `here `_ to create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " +"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " +"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " +"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " +"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " +":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " +"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " +"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" +"workflow` for more information on this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 +msgid "Use the GitHub interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " +"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " +"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " +"`_), you need to fork it by " +"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" +" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" +" this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " +":doc:`guidelines `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " +"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " +"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " +"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " +"however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " +"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " +"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " +"that it is not obvious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " +"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " +"on the repository). If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " +"\"Propose file change\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " +"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " +"request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " +"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 +msgid "" +"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " +"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " +"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " +"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 +msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 +msgid "Prepare your machine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 +msgid "Install Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 +msgid "" +"We use `Git `_ to manage the files of the" +" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " +"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " +"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " +"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 +msgid "" +"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " +"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " +"register on GitHub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 +msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " +"PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 +msgid "" +"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " +"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user `_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " +"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " +"and download that copy on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user `_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " +"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " +"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " +"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " +"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 +msgid "Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 +msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " +"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " +"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " +":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " +"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " +"browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx `_. and is written in `Python " +"`_. You have to" +" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " +"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " +"much more about them so don't panic!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " +"`_. It allows " +"installing Python dependencies in a single command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " +"install pip alongside Python)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " +"installations finished successfully:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " +"dependencies of the documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " +"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 +msgid "Make" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 +msgid "" +"`Make `_ is a tool that packs" +" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " +"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " +"single and simpler one instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 +msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " +"PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 +msgid "pngquant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 +msgid "" +"`pngquant `_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " +"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" +" in a few year span." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 +msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " +"system's PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 +msgid "Prepare your version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " +"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " +"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" +" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " +"`_ starting from the" +" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " +"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " +"``13.0-my_contribution``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 +msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 +msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 +msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 +msgid "Perform your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 +msgid "" +"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " +"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " +":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " +":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 +msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 +msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 +msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 +msgid "Preview your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 +msgid "" +"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 +msgid "" +"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " +"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 +msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " +"default web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 +msgid "" +"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " +"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 +msgid "Submit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 +msgid "" +"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " +"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " +"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " +"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " +"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " +"`_ and `this interactive tutorial " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls `_ and click on the **New pull request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 +msgid "" +"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" +"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " +"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 +msgid "RST cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 +msgid "Headings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " +"there are characters in the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " +"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " +"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " +"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " +"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " +"shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Heading size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "H1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``=======``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``Heading``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "1/1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +msgid "H2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "0/∞" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +msgid "H3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``-------``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +msgid "H4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``~~~~~~~``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +msgid "H5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``*******``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "H6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``^^^^^^^``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 +msgid "Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 +msgid "Inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 +msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "**Text**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "\\*Text\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "*Text*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "``Text``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 +msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 +msgid "Bulleted list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 +msgid "Numbered list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "Nested lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "Hyperlinks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 +msgid "Hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " +"this syntax: ```label `_``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 +msgid "" +"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " +"hyperlink reference `_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " +"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference `_.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 +msgid "External hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 +msgid "" +"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " +"references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 +msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 +msgid "" +"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" +" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 +msgid "" +"```label `_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " +"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 +msgid "RST" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 +msgid "Render" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A `proof-of-concept `_ is a " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes. `PoC " +"`_ is a common abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 +msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " +"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " +"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " +"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" +" of the page containing the target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" +" below as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`label ``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " +"label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" +" links for internal references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" +" targets `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " +"product? `_ for additional help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "**How to create a product?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 +msgid "" +"As explained at the `start of the page `_, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 +msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" +" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " +"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 +msgid "" +"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " +"using the name of the section title as URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " +"user? `_ for additional help. ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 +msgid "The ``doc`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" +" in the file tree through a relative file path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 +msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the title of the page as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`label ``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the given label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `this documentation " +"`_ and to `Send a pro-" +"forma invoice `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 +msgid "The ``download`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 +msgid "" +"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " +"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" +" to be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Download this `module structure template " +"`_ to start building " +"your module in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 +msgid "The ``image`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 +msgid "" +"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" +" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " +"considered redundant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 +msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 +msgid "Seealso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 +msgid "" +"`Customer invoices `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`Pro-forma invoices `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 +msgid "Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 +msgid "Tip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 +msgid "Important" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 +msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 +msgid "" +"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " +"described in the warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 +msgid "Danger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 +msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 +msgid "Formatting tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 +msgid "Add banners on top of documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 +msgid "" +"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " +"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " +"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " +"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 +msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 +msgid "" +"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 +msgid "Second line that follows a line break." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 +msgid "Add comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 +msgid "" +"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " +"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " +"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " +"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " +"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" +" the comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 +msgid "" +"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 +msgid "Use tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 +msgid "" +"Make use of `this convenient table generator " +"`_ to build your tables. Then, " +"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 +msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 +msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Directive**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Purpose**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**RST**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**HTML**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``abbr``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``command``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "Highlight a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid ":command:`python example.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``dfn``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "Define a term" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``file``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "Indicate a file path" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``menuselection``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 +msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 +msgid "" +"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " +"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " +"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 +msgid "" +"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " +":ref:`hyperlink references `, using " +"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " +"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " +"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " +"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " +"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "RST guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 +msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " +"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " +"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " +"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " +"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " +"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " +"*relative* to that of the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 +msgid "Given the following source file tree:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " +"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "Absolute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 +msgid "Relative:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 +msgid "``../prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "``variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " +"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " +"file tree restructurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 +msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " +"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " +"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" +" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " +"the end of a line to separate words." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " +"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " +"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " +"label part of the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 +msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "Be consistent with indentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " +"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" +" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " +"spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 +msgid "Use the menuselection directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " +"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" +" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " +"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " +"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " +"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " +"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 +msgid "Write resilient code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " +"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " +"the list and is easier to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" +" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " +"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " +"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " +"even less likely to be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 +msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " +"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " +"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " +"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " +"makes the purpose of the target clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 +msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " +"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " +"targets or update them accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 +msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" +" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " +"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " +"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " +"only of two underscore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 +msgid "" +"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " +"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 94d8e686e..53c6b1cd5 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,21 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# Pol Van Dingenen , 2019 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019 -# Jurre Claassen , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Nils van Odoo , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-22 08:57+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Nils van Odoo , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,15 +23,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" +msgstr "Relatiebeheer" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Verwerven van leads" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Converteer leads naar prospects" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -54,31 +49,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." msgstr "" -"Ga voor deze functie naar: menuselectie: `CRM -> Configuratie -> " -"Instellingen` en activeer de * Leads * functie." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 msgid "" "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " "aggregate." msgstr "" -"U heeft nu een nieuw submenu * Leads * onder * Pijplijn * waar leads zullen " -"toegevoegd worden." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Converteer een lead in een opportuniteit" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -86,9 +80,6 @@ msgid "" "opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " "channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u op * Lead * klikt, hebt u de mogelijkheid om deze om te zetten in " -"een opportuniteit en te beslissen of deze nog steeds moet worden toegewezen " -"aan hetzelfde kanaal / dezelfde persoon en of u een nieuwe klant moet maken." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -97,13 +88,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " "customer already exists." msgstr "" -"Als u al een opportuniteit heeft met die klant, biedt Odoo u automatisch de " -"mogelijkheid om ze samen te smelten. Op dezelfde manier biedt Odoo u " -"automatisch een link naar een bestaande klant als die klant al bestaat." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Prospects samenvoegen" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -131,17 +119,13 @@ msgid "" "to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 -msgid "..note::" -msgstr "" - #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Genereer leads/opportuniteiten vanuit e-mails" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -149,32 +133,23 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" " create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." msgstr "" -"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie " -"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Standaard zal odoo een opportuniteit in de pijplijn " -"van het standaard verkoopkanaal toevoegen voor elke e-mail die wordt " -"verzonden naar * sales@database\\ _domain.ext *." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Configureer e-mail aliassen" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " "leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" " several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." msgstr "" -"Elk verkoopkanaal kan zijn eigen e-mail alias hebben om leads / " -"opportuniteiten te genereren die automatisch aan het verkoopkanaal worden " -"toegewezen. Dit is handig als u meerdere verkoopteams beheert met specifieke" -" bedrijfsprocessen. U vindt de configuratie van verkoopkanalen onder: " -"menuselectie: `Configuratie -> Verkoopkanalen '." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "Genereer leads/opportuniteiten vanaf uw website contact pagina" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -182,21 +157,18 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" " lead/opportunity in the pipeline." msgstr "" -"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie " -"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Een lead/opportuniteit zal in de pijplijn gecreëerd " -"worden voor elke bezoeker die het contactformulier op uw website gebruikt." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Gebruik de contacteer ons op uw website" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "U moet eerst naar de website app gaan." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -210,15 +182,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " "Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." msgstr "" -"Om naar een specifiek verkoopkanaal te gaan, ga naar: menuselectie: `Website" -" -> Configuratie -> Instellingen` onder * Communicatie * vindt u de " -"informatie over het Contactformulier en waar u het * Verkoopkanaal * of * " -"Verkoopmedewerker * kunt wijzigen." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Maak een gepersonaliseerd contact formulier" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -255,7 +223,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Genereer leads i.p.v. opportuniteiten" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -317,7 +285,7 @@ msgid "" "(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " "leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple countries." +"multiple industries." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 @@ -331,8 +299,10 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Prijzen" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -340,32 +310,33 @@ msgid "" "credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to CRM > Configuration > Settings > Buy Credits; or go to Settings" -" > In-App Purchases>View my Services" +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:64 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " "consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:148 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 msgid "" -"More information about `In-App Purchases " -"`__," -" (IAP)." +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Verstuur offertes" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -375,53 +346,165 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Maak een nieuwe offerte" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" "By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " "button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." msgstr "" -"Door op een opportuniteit of lead te klikken, zal de knop * Nieuwe Offerte *" -" beschikbaar zijn. Deze brengt u naar een nieuw menu waar u uw offerte kunt " -"opmaken en beheren." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 msgid "" "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " "*Quotations* menu on that page." msgstr "" -"U vindt al uw offertes voor die specifieke opportuniteit in het menu * " -"Offerte(s) *." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Markeer ze als gewonnen/verloren" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 msgid "" "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " "process along." msgstr "" -"Nu moet u uw opportuniteit markeren als gewonnen of verloren om het proces " -"verder te zetten." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 msgid "" "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" -"Als u ze markeert als gewonnen, worden ze verplaatst naar de kolom * " -"Gewonnen * in de Kanban-weergave. Als u ze echter als * Verloren* markeert, " -"worden ze gearchiveerd." #: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Optimaliseer uw dagelijks werk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "Synchroniseer Google agenda met Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -429,54 +512,44 @@ msgid "" "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" -"Odoo is perfect geïntegreerd met Google Kalender zodat u meetings kan zien &" -" beheren vanuit beide platformen (updates werken in beide richtingen)." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "Opzet in Google" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -"Ga naar het `Google API platform `__ " -"om Google Kalender API login gegevens te genereren. Login met uw Google " -"account." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "Ga naar de API & Diensten pagina." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "Zoek voor *Google Kalender API* en selecteer deze." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Schakel de API in." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "" "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " "before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." msgstr "" -"Selecteer of maak een API project om de logingegevens te bewaren indien u " -"dit nog niet heeft gedaan. Geef het een expliciete naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo " -"sync)." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "Maak logingegevens aan." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "" -"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type " -"data." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -503,7 +576,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Opzetten in Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -516,8 +589,6 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" -"Ga naar: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Algemene instellingen` activeer " -"Google Agenda en voer je ** Client ID ** en ** Client Secret ** in ." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -526,22 +597,18 @@ msgid "" "connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" " whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." msgstr "" -"De setup is nu compleet. Open jou Odoo Kalender en sync hem met Google. De " -"eerste keer wanner je dit doet zal je doorgestuurd worden naar Google om de " -"connectie te goed te keuren. Eenmaal terug in Odoo, druk nogmaals op de " -"sync knop. Je kan erop klikken telkens je jou kalender wilt synchroniseren." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "Vanaf nu heeft u geen excuses meer om een meeting te missen!" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "Gebruik VOIP-diensten in Odoo met OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -560,15 +627,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "Ga naar de Apps en installeer de module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" -"Ga naar de Instellingen/Algemene Instellingen. In deze sectie " -"Integraties/Asterisk (VoIP), vul je de 3 velden in: " #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -579,11 +644,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "**WebSocket** zou moeten bevatten wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "**Mode** moet productie zijn" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -593,7 +658,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "**SIP Login / Browser's extensie**: de OnSIP 'Gebruikersnaam'" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" @@ -613,9 +678,6 @@ msgid "" "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " "and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -"Je kan al deze informatie vinden door in te loggen op " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, vervolgens selecteer je de gebruiker die je " -"wilt configureren en verwijs je naar de velden zoals hieronder weergegeven. " #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -623,9 +685,6 @@ msgid "" "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -"Je kan nu bellen door te klikken op het telefoon icoontje rechts vanboven in" -" Odoo (zorg er wel voor dat je ingelogd bent als een gebruiker die goed is " -"geconfigureerd in Odoo en in OnSIP)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -646,13 +705,10 @@ msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" -"Je kan nu ook gebeld worden in Odoo. Jouw telefoonnummer is het nummer " -"voorzien door OnSip. Odoo zal het belgeluid laten horen aan de gebruiker en " -"een notificatie weergeven. " #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "OnSIP op uw GSM" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -672,11 +728,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "**Account naam**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "**SIP Server**: Het OnSIP 'domein'" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" @@ -707,68 +763,330 @@ msgid "" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " +"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "" +"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " +"desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " +"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " +"` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " +"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " +"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " +"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " +"*Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "" +"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " +"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " +"other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " +"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " +"panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " +"are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " +"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " +"`. Failing to do so would result in an " +"*error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " +"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " +"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." +" See the :ref:`Pricing section ` below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:143 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:150 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`partner_autocomplete`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "Configureer uw VOIP Asterisk server voor Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "Asterisk server installeren" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Afhankelijkheden" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" -"Voordat u Asterisk installeert moet u de volgende afhankelijkheden " -"installeren:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "wget" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" -msgstr "gcc" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "g++" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "pkg-config" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "Om libsrtp te installeren volgt u onderstaande instructies:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -776,37 +1094,34 @@ msgid "" "`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" -"Je zal ook PJSIP moeten installeren, je kan de broncode `hier " -"`_ downloaden. Eenmaal de broncode " -"directory uitgepakt is:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "**Wijzig naar de pjproject map:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "**run:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "**Bouw en installeer pjproject:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "**Update gedeelde library links:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "**Verifieer dat pjproject geïnstalleerd is:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "**Het resultaat zou moeten zijn:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "Asterisk" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -814,25 +1129,22 @@ msgid "" "`there `_." msgstr "" -"Om Asterisk 13.7.0 te installeren kan u de broncode direct downloaden van " -"`_." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "Geef de Asterisk map in:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "Voer het Asterisk configuratie script uit:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "Voer de Asteriks menuselect tool uit:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -841,14 +1153,10 @@ msgid "" "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -"In het selectieveld, ga naar de resources optie en verifieer dat res_srtp " -"ingeschakeld is. Als er 3 x's zijn naast res_srtp, dan is er een probleem " -"met de srtp bibliotheek en moet je deze herinstalleren. Sla de configuratie " -"op (druk op x). Je zou ook sterren moeten zien voor de res_pjsip lijnen." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "Compileer en installeer Asterisk:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -856,33 +1164,28 @@ msgid "" "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" -"Als je voorbeeld configuraties nodig heft kan je \"maak voorbeelden\" " -"uitvoeren om voorbeeld configuraties te installeren. Als je het Asterisk " -"opstart script moet installeren kan je dit 'maak configuratie' runnen." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "DTLS certificaten" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "Hierna moet u de DTLS certificaten opzetten." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "Geef de Asterisk scripts map in:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -"Creëer de DTLS certificaten (vervang pbx.mycompany.com met jou ip adres of " -"dns naam, vervang My Super Company met jou bedrijfsnaam):" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "Configureer Asterisk server" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -892,11 +1195,6 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" -"Voor WebRTC, zijn er vele instellingen nodig die MOETEN ingesteld worden in " -"de peer settings. De algemene instellingen vloeien niet goed door naar de " -"peer instellingen. Standaard, Asterisk configuratie bestanden zijn te vinden" -" in /etc/asterisk/. Start door http.conf te editeren en verifieer dat " -"volgende lijnen uit commentaar staan:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -912,122 +1210,59 @@ msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" -"In de sip.conf en rtp.conf bestanden moet u ook de volgende lijnen toevoegen" -" of uit commentaar halen:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "Stel als laatste extensions.conf in:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "Configureer Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -"De configuratie moet in Odoo gedaan worden onder de gebruikersvoorkeuren." -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "Configureer uw kanban fases" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "Stel uw verwachte omzet en sluitingsdatum in" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" - #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" msgstr "" @@ -1060,11 +1295,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "Organiseer uw pijplijn" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Beheer verloren opportuniteiten" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1075,7 +1310,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "Markeer een lead als verloren" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1091,7 +1326,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Beheer & Definieer verlies redenen" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1172,7 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Maak een nieuw verkoopkanaal" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1188,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Voeg leden toe aan het verkoopkanaal" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1210,7 +1445,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Verkoopkanaal dashboard" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1227,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Leads toewijzen en traceren" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" @@ -1253,7 +1488,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Maak een scoreregel aan" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1275,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Leads toewijzen" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1304,7 +1539,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Evalueer & gebruik de niet toegewezen leads" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1349,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Volg een webpagina" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1363,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Bekijk bezochte pagina's in uw leads/prospects" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 75cc59d0d..e8f910fb6 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -3,21 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Dennis Sluijk , 2019 -# Martien van Geene , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martien van Geene , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Online database beheer" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -46,23 +38,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Meerdere acties zijn mogelijk:" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" -msgstr ":ref:`Upgrade `" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 msgid "" "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " "features" msgstr "" -"Upgrade uw database naar de meest recente versie van Odoo om gebruik te " -"kunnen maken van de nieuwste functies." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`Duplicate `" -msgstr ":ref:`Duplicate `" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -72,15 +62,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Rename `" -msgstr ":ref:`Rename `" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Wijzig de naam van uw database (en de URL)" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Backup**" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -90,13 +80,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid ":ref:`Domains `" -msgstr ":ref:`Domains `" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" msgstr "" -"Configureer gepersonaliseerde domeinen om uw database te benaderen via een " -"andere URL" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Delete `" @@ -104,21 +92,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "Verwijder een database" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "Neem contact op met support" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 msgid "" "Access our `support page `__ with the correct " "database already selected" -msgstr "Selecteer de juiste database en ga naar " +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Bijwerken" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -226,7 +214,7 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" @@ -249,7 +237,7 @@ msgid "" "the process is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 msgid "" "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " @@ -258,7 +246,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Een database dupliceren" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -273,9 +261,6 @@ msgid "" "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" -"Op de lijn van de database die u wilt dupliceren vind u een paar knoppen. Om" -" u database te dupliceren klikt u op **Dupliceren**. U moet een naam ingeven" -" om te dupliceren, klik vervolgens op **Database dupliceren**." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -285,7 +270,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "E-mails worden verzonden" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -295,11 +280,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Afleverorders (leveranciers) zijn verzonden" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -312,18 +297,16 @@ msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." msgstr "" -"Na een paar seconden wordt u ingelogd in uw gedupliceerde database. Merk op " -"dat de URL de naam van uw gedupliceerde database gebruikt." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "Gedupliceerde databases verlopen automatisch na 15 dagen." +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Wijzig de naam van een database" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 msgid "" "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " "want to rename, access the `database management page " @@ -331,70 +314,58 @@ msgid "" "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Verwijder een database" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr ". " +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 msgid "" "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " "backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" -"Als u een database verwijderd ben u direct alle data definitief kwijt. Het " -"is verstandig om een instant backup te maken van de database die u gaat " -"verwijderen en niet te vertrouwen op de laatste automatische dagelijkse " -"gemaakte backup. De data in de automatisch backup kan al weer verouderd " -"zijn. " -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 msgid "" "From the `database management page `__, " "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" msgstr "" -"Lees de waarschuwingen die zullen verschijnen aandachtig door en ga pas " -"verder als u begrijpt wat de gevolgen zijn van het verwijderen van een " -"database:" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." msgstr "" -"Indien u deze database naam moet hergebruiken is deze onmiddelijk " -"beschikbaar." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "`__" msgstr "" -"Indien u uw account wil verwijderen moet u contact opnemen met `Odoo Support" -" `__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 msgid "On-premises Database management" @@ -402,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Registreer een database" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -416,25 +387,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "Registratie Foutmelding" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 msgid "" "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " "message:" msgstr "" -"Indien u uw database niet kan registreren krijgt u waarschijnlijk de " -"volgende melding:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "Oplossingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "Heeft u een geldig Enterprise abonnement?" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -445,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "Heeft u al een database gelinkt met uw abonnementsnummer?" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -459,24 +428,19 @@ msgid "" "`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" msgstr "" -"U kan de oude database zelf ontkoppelen via uw `Odoo Contract " -"`__ met de \"Unlink database\" " -"knop" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" msgstr "" -"Een bevestigingsbericht zal verschijnen; zorg ervoor dat dit zeker de " -"correcte database is en ze wordt binnenkort gedeactiveerd:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "Heeft u de geüpdatet versie van Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." @@ -531,23 +495,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "Foutmelding vanwege te veel gebruikers" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" -"Indien u meer gebruikers in uw lokale database heeft dan toegewezen in uw " -"Odoo Enterprise abonnement kan u deze melding krijgen:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" -"Wanneer het bericht verschijnt heeft u 30 dagen voordat de database vervalt." -" De teller wordt elke dag geüpdatet." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -555,19 +515,13 @@ msgid "" "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "of" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation `_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " "will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " @@ -576,61 +530,58 @@ msgid "" "message disappear right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Database vervallen foutmelding" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" -"Vernieuw uw abonnement: volg de link en vernieuw uw abonnement - merk op dat" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support `__" -msgstr "Contacteer onze `support `__" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "`__" msgstr "" -"Werkte deze oplossingen niet voor u? Contacteer dan onze `Support " -"`__" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Dupliceer een database" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " "server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " "the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " @@ -639,18 +590,18 @@ msgid "" "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator `_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Gebruikers en mogelijkheden" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -658,9 +609,6 @@ msgid "" "This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " "in use." msgstr "" -"Als administrator van uw database bent u verantwoordelijk voor het gebruik. " -"Dit omvat ook de apps die u installeert en het aantal gebruikers dat " -"momenteel in gebruik is." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -685,9 +633,6 @@ msgid "" " ` and :ref:`on premise ` " "installations." msgstr "" -"U kan handleidingen vinden over hoe uw database te dupliceren voor beide " -":ref:`online ` en :ref:`lokale ` " -"installaties." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -698,15 +643,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Gebruikers deactiveren" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 msgid "" "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " "change the status of any of your users." msgstr "" -"Verzeker u er van dat u genoeg **administratieve rechten** hebt indien u de " -"status van eender welke gebruiker wilt wijzigen." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -717,15 +660,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "U ziet vervolgens de lijst van uw gebruikers." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -743,15 +686,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "De gebruiker is nu gedeactiveerd." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "Deactiveer **nooit** de hoofdgebruiker (*admin*)" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Apps deïnstalleren" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -766,13 +709,10 @@ msgid "" "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." msgstr "" -"Klik in uw Odoo instantie op **Instellingen**. In deze app kan u zien " -"hoeveel applicaties u geïnstalleerd hebt. Klik op **Doorzoek apps** om de " -"lijst van geïnstalleerde apps te bekijken." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -795,16 +735,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -"Klik als laatste, na het controleren van de waarschuwing (indien er een is)," -" op **Bevestigen**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "U bent klaar met het verwijderen van uw applicatie." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Goed om te weten" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 7d4a5fd4c..9ae9274e2 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,19 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Cas Vissers , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,21 +19,45 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Discussieer" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -48,26 +66,26 @@ msgid "" "reputation yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " "`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -75,25 +93,37 @@ msgid "" "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -"Vind `hier `__ de exacte procedure om een " -"TXT record aan te maken of te wijzigen bij uw eigen domein provider." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -"Uw nieuwe SPF record kan tot 48 uur nodig hebben om actief te zijn, maar " -"normaal gezien gebeurd dit al veel sneller." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -174,22 +200,32 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -197,58 +233,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -257,7 +293,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -268,415 +304,460 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "Hoe de Twitter feed volgen vanuit Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "De app opzetten aan de Twitter kant" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Naam: dit is de naam van de applicatie op Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" -"Website: dit is de externe URL van uw Odoo database, met \"/web\" " -"toegevoegd. Bijvoorbeeld, indien uw Odoo gehost is bij " -"\"http://www.voorbeeld.com\" moet u \"http://www.voorbeeld.com/web\" ingeven" -" in dit veld." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "De API sleutel en geheim ophalen" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "Hoe de aandacht van andere gebruikers trekken in mijn berichten" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "Een gebruiker direct een bericht sturen" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "Bureaublad notificaties vanuit Discussie" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "Hoe responsief zijn op het werk dankzij de Odoo inbox" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "U kan de **Inbox** in het oog houden vanuit elk scherm." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "Hoe efficiënt communiceren in team met kanalen" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "Maak een kanaal aan" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" -"In Discussies zijn er twee types van kanalen - **publiek** en **privé**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "Een kanaal configureren" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "Hoe een mailinglijst op te zetten" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "Een kanaal localiseren" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -"Indien u geen kanaal ziet op uw dashboard kan u de lijst doorzoeken van " -"**publieke kanalen** om het juiste kanaal te vinden of een nieuw kanaal aan " -"te maken door te klikken op het plus icoon." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -"Het is altijd wijs om te zoeken voor een kanaal voordat u een nieuwe " -"aanmaakt zodat u zeker bent dat er geen dubbele kanalen worden aangemaakt " -"voor hetzelfde onderwerp." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "Filters gebruiken om te navigeren binnen Discussieer" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "Hoe een discussie thread volgen en definiëren wat u erover wilt horen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "Hoe een discussie te volgen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "Hoe te kiezen welke evenementen te volgen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "Hoe andere volgers toevoegen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -"U kan andere gebruikers uitnodigen en kanalen toevoegen aan volgers. Een " -"kanaal toevoegen als een volger verzend berichten die in de chatter " -"geplaatst worden naar het kanaal met een link naar het originele document." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "Hoe een standaard volger te zijn" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 2eaad4f69..a1931df07 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -3,22 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Eric Geens , 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# Pol Van Dingenen , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,38 +19,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "eCommerce" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Beginnen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Hoe mijn catalogus pagina te personaliseren" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Product catalogus" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." msgstr "" -"Al uw gepubliceerde items worden getoond in uw catalogus pagina (of *Shop* " -"pagina)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." msgstr "" -"De meeste opties zijn beschikbaar in het *Personaliseerd* menu: toon " -"attributen, website categorieën, enz." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Een product highlighten" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -67,22 +54,16 @@ msgid "" "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." msgstr "" -"Verhoog de zichtbaarheid van uw Ster / Promotie artikelen: zet ze bovenaan, " -"maak ze groter, voeg een lint toe dat u kan wijzigen (Uitverkoop, Nieuw, " -"enz). Open de shop pagina, wissel naar de bewerkingsmodus en klik op eender " -"welk item om het raster aan te passen." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" msgstr "" -"Zie hoe dit te doen: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Snel toevoegen aan winkelmandje" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -92,73 +73,66 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" -"Als je klanten veel items tegelijk kopen, maak dan hun proces korter door " -"aankopen vanaf de catalogus pagina in te schakelen. Om dit te doen, voeg een" -" product omschrijving toe en voeg de knop 'voeg toe aan winkelwagen' toe. " -"Zet volgende opties op in het *Bewerk* menu: Product omschrijving, Voeg toe " -"aan winkelwagen, lijstweergave (om de product omschrijving beter te tonen)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Hoe een productpagina bouwen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "Klik op de website op **Nieuwe pagina** in de rechterbovenhoek." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Nieuw product** en volg de knipperende tips." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Hier zijn de belangrijkste elementen van de product pagina:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." msgstr "" -"Veel elementen kunnen zichtbaar gemaakt worden vanuit het *Personaliseer* " -"menu." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "Zie hoe u uw producten configureert vanuit onderstaande links." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Beheer mijn producten" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Hoe meerdere afbeeldingen per product te tonen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -172,8 +146,6 @@ msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Vink de optie *Meerdere afbeeldingen per product* aan in " -":menuselection:`Website Admin --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -184,12 +156,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" -"Zo een extra afbeeldingen zijn vaak voorkomend bij alle product varianten " -"(als er zijn)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Hoe productbeschikbaarheid tonen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -211,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "Deze tool vereist niet dat de voorraad module geïnstalleerd is." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -222,7 +192,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Hoe productvarianten beheren" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -235,7 +205,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Hoe attributen & varianten aanmaken" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -246,8 +216,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." msgstr "" -"Selecteer een product vanuit de productenlijst, ga naar het *Varianten* " -"tabblad." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -258,39 +226,39 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Hoe productvarianten wijzigen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "Zie alle varianten vanuit het productsjabloon formulier." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "U kan de volgende data wijzigen:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Foto (zal updaten in real time op de website)." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Barcode," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Interne referentie (SKU #)," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Volume," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Gewicht," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Actief (beschikbaar in offertes & website)." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -307,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Hoe specifieke prijzen per variant instellen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -320,20 +288,16 @@ msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." msgstr "" -"De extra prijs wordt toegevoegd aan de productprijs wanneer de " -"overeenkomende attribuut waarde geselecteerd is." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -"Prijslijst formules laten u toe om geavanceerde prijsberekeningen te doen " -"voor product varianten. Zie :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Hoe producten uitschakelen / archiveren" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -350,11 +314,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Maximaliseer mijn omzet" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "Hoe accessoires en optionele producten verkopen (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -365,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Product accessoires op de check-out pagina," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -374,21 +338,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Product accessoires op de check-out pagina" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." msgstr "" -"Accessoires (bijvoorbeeld voor computers: muis, toetsenbord) worden getoond " -"wanneer de klant het winkelmandje bekijkt voor de betaling." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." msgstr "" -"Selecteer optionele items in het *Verkopen* tabblad van de product detail " -"pagina." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -400,7 +360,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Optionele producten wanneer u product toevoegt aan winkelmandje" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -411,7 +371,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Om optionele producten te publiceren:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -423,32 +383,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." msgstr "" -"Selecteer optionele items vanuit het **Verkopen** tabblad op het product " -"formulier." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." msgstr "" -"De hoeveelheid van optioneel toegevoegd producten aan een winkelmandje is " -"hetzelfde als het hoofd product." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Hoe prijzen wijzigen aan de hand van mijn website bezoekers" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" msgstr "" -"Deze sectie schijnt licht op de prijs mogelijkheden van de e-commerce app:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "forceer een prijs gebaseerd op geo lokalisatie," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "laat de klant de valuta kiezen." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -458,7 +413,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP om automatisch de juiste prijs toe te passen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -468,11 +423,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "Eenmaal aangemeld krijgen ze de prijslijst die bij hun land hoort." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Valuta selector" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -483,19 +438,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Hoe promotiecodes aanmaken & delen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -506,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -526,18 +481,12 @@ msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." msgstr "" -"Maak het promotiecode veld beschikbaar op uw *winkelmandje* pagina (optie in" -" *Personaliseer* menu). Voeg een product aan het winkelmandje toe om het te " -"zien." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." msgstr "" -"Eenmaal dit geactiveerd is ziet u een nieuwe sectie aan de rechterkant. Na " -"klikken op *Toepassen* worden de prijzen in het winkelmandje automatisch " -"geüpdatet." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -547,15 +496,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Toon verkopen per prijslijst..." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`prijzen`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Hoe commentaar en beoordelingen inschakelen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -575,12 +524,10 @@ msgid "" "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " "so (see Portal documentation)." msgstr "" -"Bezoekers moeten aanmelden om hun reacties te delen. Verzeker u ervan dat uw" -" bezoekers dit zeker kunnen (bekijken de portaal documentatie)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Controleer de berichten in real time" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -593,19 +540,16 @@ msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." msgstr "" -"Standaard wordt de maker van het product automatisch als volger toegevoegd." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." msgstr "" -"Klik op de productnaam om het detailscherm te openen en de commentaar te " -"reviewen (in de product discussie thread)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Modereren & deplubiceren" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -621,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -642,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Om dit te doen:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -659,11 +603,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -673,350 +617,51 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Product pagina" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Winkel pagina" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Prijzen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "BTW" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Checkout proces" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Betaling" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Verzenden & Traceren" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Lanceer mijn website" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Wordt betaald" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Hoe betaald te worden met Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Ga live" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met betalingsverwerkers" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo biedt meerdere betaalmogelijkheden aan om betaald te worden in de " -"webshop, verkopen en facturatie apps." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "Wat zijn de beschikbare betaalmethoden" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "Overschrijving" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "Betaling verwervers" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "`Paypal `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "Hoe live te gaan" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "Hoe klanten betaalkaarten laten bewaren en hergebruiken" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "Deze optie is mogelijk met Ingenico en Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "Hoe te:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Wisselen naar ontwikkelaarsmodus." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Neem de **aangepaste** betaalmethode." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Andere configuraties" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Hoe betaalde orders beheren die betaald zijn met betalingsverwerkers" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1027,17 +672,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "Wat is de betalingsstatus" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." msgstr "" -"Op elk moment kan de verkoper de transactiestatus bekijken vanuit het order." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Concept*: transacties wordt verwerkt." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1057,24 +701,18 @@ msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." msgstr "" -"*Voltooid*: de betaling is geautoriseerd en gecapteerd. De order is " -"bevestigd." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" -"*Fout*: er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de transactie. De klant moet de " -"betaling opnieuw proberen. De order bevind zich nog steeds in concept." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" -"*Geannuleerd*: wanneer de klant de betaling annuleert in het betaalscherm. " -"Ze worden teruggebracht naar Odoo om het order te wijzigen." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1085,7 +723,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Valideer facturen automatisch vanuit order" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1094,7 +732,7 @@ msgid "" "orders straight on." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "" "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " "order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " @@ -1102,325 +740,36 @@ msgid "" "account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +"until you get paid into your bank account (see " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Ontvang de betaling na de levering" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 msgid "" "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Instellingen in Odo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Activatie" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Inloggegevens" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Transactie kosten" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Voer een testtransactie uit vanuit Odoo met de persoonlijke sandbox account." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"`__" -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "Hoe klanten aan hun klantenaccount kunnen" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1433,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Aanmelden" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1443,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Klant account" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1456,8 +805,6 @@ msgid "" "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " "modified." msgstr "" -"Daar vinden ze de hele geschiedenis. Het hoofdadres (facturatie) kan ook " -"gewijzigd worden." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1465,54 +812,6 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met overschrijvingen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Hoe klanten betaling instructies aanbieden" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Ze verschijnen voor de klanten wanneer ze een order plaatsen." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Hoe een order te beheren eenmaal u betaald bent" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Hoe manueel andere betaalmethodes aanmaken" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Ontvang belastingen" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eff344d24 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/events.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..929a5ba76 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../events.rst:5 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 +msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" +" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" +" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " +"to advertise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" +" be enabled or installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " +"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " +":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" +" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 +msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " +"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " +"the *Reminder* template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 +msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 +msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " +"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" +" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " +"*Filters* are eligible here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " +"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " +"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " +"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 +msgid "Create your First Event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 +msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 +msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 +msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 +msgid "To allow networking;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " +"through the product and even their pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " +"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " +"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " +"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " +"`_, and " +"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 +msgid "Tab: Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " +"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " +"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " +"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed ` or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 +msgid "Tab: Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " +"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " +"*Communication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " +"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " +"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" +" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " +"registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " +"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" +" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" +" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " +"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " +"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" +" and used again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 +msgid "Publish your event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 +msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Selling Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " +"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " +"more registrations to happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" +" *Online Ticketing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " +"the sale of tickets to happen " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 +msgid "Through Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " +"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " +"which you want to create the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " +"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " +"your event’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 +msgid "Through the Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " +"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 +msgid "Track your Attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " +"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " +"analyzing reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 +msgid "Attendees list and attendance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " +"the *Attendees* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " +"quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " +"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 +msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " +"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " +"*Cancelled* stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " +"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 +msgid "Track and Manage Talks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " +"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Schedule & Tracks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " +"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " +"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " +"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " +"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 +msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " +"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " +"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f816be72 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bc97749c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../fsm.rst:5 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " +"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " +"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " +"be charged for the exact right hours and material used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 +msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " +"*Resume* when you would like to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " +"add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 +msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " +"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " +"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " +"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " +"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " +"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " +"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " +"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 +msgid "Set up your Field Service project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" +" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " +"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " +"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " +"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " +"employees schedules and interventions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +msgid "" +"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " +"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" +" in your Gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +msgid "" +"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " +"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" +" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " +"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +msgid "Unassigned tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " +"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" +" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " +"dynamic database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " +"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " +"the workload more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" +" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " +"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " +"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " +"token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " +"without a Mapbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 8928bb670..42aa15899 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,21 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Eric Geens , 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# Pol Van Dingenen , 2019 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019 +# Nils van Odoo , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Nils van Odoo , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,11 +23,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general.rst:5 msgid "General" -msgstr "Algemeen" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "Authenticatie" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" @@ -46,75 +41,183 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "Hoe gebruikers toestaan zich aan te melden met hun Google-account" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" -"Connecteer met uw Google account en ga naar " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -"Klik op **Creëer Project** en voer een projectnaam en andere details in" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "Klik op **Gebruik Google APIs**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -"Selecteer in het linkse submenu **Aanmeldgegevens** (vanuit **API " -"beheerder**) en selecteer vervolgens **OAuth toestemmingsscherm**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." -msgstr "Vul uw adres, e-mail en de productnaam in en sla het op." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -"Klik vervolgens op **Aanmeldgegevens toevoegen** en selecteer de tweede " -"optie (OAuth 2.0 client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -"Controleer of het applicatie type is ingesteld op **Web applicatie**. " -"Configureer nu de toegestane pagina's bij welke u wordt doorverwezen." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -"Om dit te bereiken, voltooi het veld **Geautoriseerde redirect URLs**. " -"Kopieer en plak de volgende link in de container: " -"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Vervolgens klik op **Creëer**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" -"Eenmaal dit klaar is ontvangt u twee stukken informatie (uw cliënt ID en uw " -"cliënt secret). U moet uw cliënt id ingeven onder **Algemene instellingen**." + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Applicaties" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" @@ -172,11 +275,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "Data Import" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "Hoe een importeer sjabloon te wijzigen" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -185,30 +288,22 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Importeer sjablonen zijn beschikbaar in de importeer tool voor de meest " -"voorkomende data om te importeren (contacten, producten, bankafschriften, " -"enz). U kan ze met eender welke spreadsheet software openen (Microsoft " -"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, enz)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "Hoe het bestand aanpassen" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" -"Verwijder kolommen die u niet nodig heeft. We raden u aan om het veld *ID* " -"niet te verwijderen (zie hieronder waarom)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -"Stel een unieke ID in voor elke record door de ID sequentie naar beneden te " -"slepen." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -216,22 +311,16 @@ msgid "" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" -"Wanneer je een nieuwe kolom toevoegt, zou het kunnen dat Odoo niet in staat " -"is om dit automatisch in kaart te brengen wanneer het label niet overeen " -"komt met een veld in het systeem. Indien dat het geval is, zoek dan het " -"overeenkomend veld door de zoekfunctie te gebruiken. " #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" -"Gebruik vervolgens het label dat u gevonden heeft in uw importeer sjabloon " -"zodat het direct werkt bij uw volgende importeer poging." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Waarom een \"ID\" kolom" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -244,24 +333,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -"Het instellen van een ID is niet verplicht bij invoer maar is in veel " -"gevallen handig:" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" -"Update imports: U kan hetzelfde bestand meerdere keren importeren zonder " -"duplicaten aan te maken;" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Relatievelden importeren (zie hieronder)." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Hoe relatievelden importeren" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -270,10 +355,6 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Een Odoo object is altijd gelinkt aan vele andere objecten (b.v. een product" -" is gelinkt aan de product categorieën, attributen, leveranciers, etc.). Om " -"deze relaties te importeren moet je de records van het gerelateerde object " -"eerst importeren vanuit hun eigen lijst menu. " #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -284,79 +365,64 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 -msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "Hoe gegevens importeren in Odoo" +msgid "Import data" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" -msgstr "Hoe starten" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" -"U kunt gegevens importeren in elk Odoo's business object met behulp van " -"Excel (.xlsx) of CSV (.csv) bestanden: contactpersonen, producten, " -"bankafschriften, journaalboekingen en zelfs bestellingen!" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 -msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -"Open de weergave van het object dat u wilt opvullen en klik op *Importeer*." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" -"Daar vindt u sjablonen die u gemakkelijk kunt invullen met uw eigen " -"gegevens. Dergelijke sjablonen kunnen met één klik worden geïmporteerd; De " -"data mapping is reeds gedaan." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "Hoe de template wijzigen" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 -msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -"Voeg kolommen toe, verwijder ze en soort ze zodat ze zo goed mogelijk bij uw" -" datastructuur passen." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -"We adviseren u om het veld **ID** niet weg te halen (waarom ziet u in de " -"volgende sectie)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " "corresponding field." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een nieuwe kolom toevoegt, kan Odoo het mogelijk niet automatisch " -"toewijzen als het label in Odoo niet als een bestaand veld herkend wordt. " -"Maar geen zorgen! U kunt nieuwe kolommen handmatig toewijzen wanneer u de " -"import test. Zoek in de lijst naar het overeenkomstige veld." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" -"Gebruik vervolgens dit veld zijn label in uw bestand om het de volgende keer" -" direct te doen werken." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "Hoe importeren vanuit een andere applicatie" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -366,18 +432,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "Ik kan het veld niet vinden dat ik wens te koppelen aan mijn kolom" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -388,21 +454,18 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -"Wanneer dat gebeurt, dien je gewoon de **Tonen van velden van relatie velden" -" (geavanceerd)** optie aan te vinken, vervolgens zal je de mogelijkheid " -"hebben om te kiezen uit de complete lijst van velden voor iedere kolom. " -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "Waar kan ik het datum invoerformaat wijzigen?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -412,7 +475,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -420,7 +483,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -428,11 +491,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "Kan ik nummers importeren met een valuta-teken (bvb.: $ 32,00)?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -442,58 +505,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "Voorbeelden van ondersteunde cijfers (gebruikt 32000 als voorbeeld):" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 -msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "32.000,00" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 -msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "32000,00" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 -msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "32,000.00" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 -msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "-32000.00" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 -msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "(32000.00)" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 -msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "€ 32.000,00" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 -msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "(32000.00 €)" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 -msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "Voorbeeld dat niet werkt:" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 -msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 -msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "€ (32.000,00)" +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 -msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -"Wat kan ik doen als de tabel Importeervoorbeeld niet correct wordt " -"weergegeven?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -501,109 +562,101 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -"Als uw CSV-bestand een tabellering heeft als scheidingsteken zal Odoo de " -"scheidingen niet detecteren. U moet de bestandsindeling opties wijzigen in " -"uw spreadsheet applicatie. Zie de volgende vraag." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -"Hoe kan ik het CSV bestandsformaat wijzigen wanneer ik deze bewaar in de " -"spreadsheet applicatie?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen Database ID en Extern ID?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" -"Bijvoorbeeld, om te verwijzen naar het land van een contactpersoon, stelt " -"Odoo u 3 verschillende en importeerbare velden voor:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "Land: de naam of code van het land" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "Het land België kunt op één van deze drie manieren importeren:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "Land: België" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "Land/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "Land/Externe ID: base.be" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" -"Gebruik land: Dit is de makkelijkste manier wanneer uw gegevens komen vanuit" -" een CSV bestand dat handmatig is aangemaakt." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -611,15 +664,13 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" -"Gebruik Land/Externe ID: Gebruik externe ID wanneer u data importeert vanuit" -" een externe applicatie." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -628,27 +679,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV bestand voor categorieën " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV bestand voor producten " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "Wat moet ik doen als ik verschillende matches heb voor een veld?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -659,112 +706,85 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -"Maar als u de configuratie van de productcategorieën niet wilt wijzigen, " -"raden wij u aan gebruik te maken van de externe ID voor dit veld " -"'Categorie'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -"Hoe kan ik een many2many relatieveld importeren (bijvoorbeeld een klant met " -"meerdere labels)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -"Labels moeten gescheiden worden door een komma zonder enige spatie. " -"Bijvoorbeeld, als u een klant zowel het label 'Fabrikant' als 'Retailer' wil" -" geven, dan moet u zowel 'Fabrikant, Retailer' in dezelfde kolom ingeven in " -"uw CSV bestand." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -"Hoe kan ik een one2many relatie importeren (bijvoorbeeld verkooporderlijnen " -"op een verkooporder)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -"Indien u verkooporders wilt importeren met verschillende orderregels, dient " -"u in het CSV bestand een specifieke regel te reserveren voor iedere " -"orderregel. De eerste orderregel wordt geïmporteerd op de eerste regel welke" -" ook de kop informatie van de order bevat. Voor elke extra orderregel is een" -" extra rij nodig die geen informatie bevat van de velden die betrekking " -"hebben op de bestelling. Als import voorbeeld kan u hier het " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV bestand vinden met " -"demogegevens van enkele offertes." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Bestand voor offertes " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -"Het volgende CSV bestand toont u hoe u aankooporders met hun " -"respectievelijke aankooporderlijnen importeert:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -"Het volgende CSV bestand laat zien hoe klanten en de bijbehorende " -"contactpersonen te importeren:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Klanten en hun respectievelijke contacten " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "Kan ik meerdere malen hetzelfde record importeren?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -774,135 +794,165 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -"Deze optie geeft u de mogelijkheid om de importeer en exporteer functie van " -"Odoo te gebruiken voor het bewerken van een hele reeks record in uw " -"favoriete spreadsheet applicatie." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "Wat gebeurd er als ik geen waarde voor een specifiek veld ingeef?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " "in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " "assigning the default value." msgstr "" -"Als u niet alle velden in uw CSV file een waarde geeft, zal Odoo de " -"standaard waarde voor ieder niet-gedefinieerd veld gebruiken. Voor velden " -"zonder waarde in de CSV file, zal Odoo het veld LEEG maken, in plaats van " -"het veld de standaard waarde toe te kennen." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -"Hoe verschillende tabellen exporteren/importeren vanuit een SQL applicatie " -"naar Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -"Als u gegevens moet importeren van verschillende tabellen, dient u de " -"relaties tussen de records van de verschillende tabellen aan te maken. " -"(bijv. als u bedrijven en personen importeert dient u de koppeling tussen " -"ieder persoon en het bedrijf te maken." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -"Om relaties tussen tabellen te beheren, kunt u gebruik maken van de " -"\"Externe ID\" van Odoo. Deze \"externe ID\" van een record is de unieke " -"identificatie van dit record in de andere applicatie. Deze \"Externe ID\" " -"moet uniek zijn bij alle records en alle objecten. Het is daarom verstandig " -"om de externe ID te voorzien van een voorvoegsel, met de naam van de " -"applicatie of de tabel (zoals 'bedrijf_1', 'persoon_1' in plaats van alleen " -"'1')" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Een voorbeeld. Stel u heeft een SQL database met twee tabellen, die u wilt " -"importeren: bedrijven en personen. Ieder persoon behoort toe aan één " -"bedrijf. U dient dus een koppeling te maken tussen de persoon en het " -"bedrijf, waar hij voor werkt. (Als u dit voorbeeld wilt testen, is hier heeft u hier een " -"dump van een PostgreSQL databank)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" -"We zullen eerst alle bedrijven en hun \"Externe ID\" exporteren. In PSQL, " -"schrijf het volgende commando:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Dit SQL commando zal het volgende CSV bestand genereren:" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -"Om het CSV bestand aan te maken voor contacten, gekoppeld aan bedrijven, " -"gebruiken we het volgende SQL commando in PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Het genereert het volgende CSV bestand:" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -"Zoals u in dit bestand kunt zien, werken Fabien en Laurence voor grote " -"bedrijven (company_1) en Eric werkt voor het bedrijf Organi. De relatie " -"tussen de personen en de bedrijven wordt gemaakt door gebruik te maken van " -"de Externe ID van de bedrijven. Om een conflict te voorkomen tussen de ID " -"van de personen en de bedrijven (person_1 en company_1 welke dezelfde ID " -"delen in de originele database) hebben we voor de \"Externe ID\" een " -"voorvoegsel met de naam van de tabel gemaakt." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " "contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" -"De twee aangemaakte bestanden zijn gereed om te worden geïmporteerd in Odoo," -" zonder enige aanpassing. Na het importeren van deze twee CSV bestanden " -"heeft u 4 contactpersonen en 3 bedrijven. (De eerste 2 contactpersonen zijn " -"gekoppeld aan het eerste bedrijf). U dient eerst de bedrijven en dan de " -"personen te importeren." + +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" @@ -912,207 +962,513 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"`_" +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" -msgstr "Basisprincipes" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "Hoe een gebruiker toevoegen" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -"Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om op eender welk moment extra gebruikers toe " -"te voegen." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "Voeg individuele gebruikers toe" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." msgstr "" -"Vanuit Instellingen, ga naar het submenu :menuselectie:`Gebruikers --> " -"Gebruikers` en klik op **Aanmaken**. Geef de naam van uw nieuwe gebruiker in" -" en zijn professionele e-mailadres - het adres waarmee hij inlogt op zijn " -"Odoo instantie - en een foto." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -"Onder \"Toegangsrechten\" kan u kiezen tot welke applicaties uw gebruiker " -"toegangsrecht of gebruiksrecht krijgt. Verschillende niveau's van rechten " -"zijn beschikbaar afhankelijk van de app." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -"Als u klaar bent met het bewerken van de pagina en hebt geklikt op ** " -"OPSLAAN **, wordt automatisch een uitnodigingsmail naar de gebruiker " -"verzonden. De gebruiker moet erop klikken om de uitnodiging voor uw Odoo " -"instantie te accepteren en een login aan te maken." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " -"information." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -"Onthoud dat elke extra gebruiker je abonnementskosten verhoogt. Raadpleeg de" -" * Prijspagina * ` voor meer informatie." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -"U kan ook rechtstreeks een nieuwe gebruiker toevoegen vanaf de app " -"instellingen/Dashboard. Vanuit de bovenstaande schermafbeelding, voer het " -"e-mailadres in van de gebruiker die u wilt toevoegen en klik op " -"**UITNODIGEN**. De gebruiker ontvangt een e-mailuitnodiging met een link om " -"zijn wachtwoord in te stellen. U kunt dan zijn toegangsrechten definiëren " -"onder de: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Gebruikersmenu '." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" msgstr "" -"`Gebruikers deactiveren <../../db_management/documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "Beheer Odoo in uw eigen taal" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -"Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om Odoo in meerdere talen te beheren en elke " -"gebruiker kan Odoo gebruiken in zijn eigen taal." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "Laad uw gewenste taal" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." -msgstr "Het eerste om te doen is uw gewenste taal laden op uw Odoo instantie." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1129,40 +1485,33 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "Wijzig uw taal" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" -"Je kan de taal in Odoo wijzigen naar de geïnstalleerde taal door te " -"navigeren naar het drop-down menu in de rechterbovenhoek van het scherm, " -"kies **Voorkeuren**." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -"Wijzig vervolgens de taal door ze in te stellen op uw geïnstalleerde taal en" -" klik op **Opslaan**." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "Open een nieuw menu om de wijzigingen te bekijken." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "Wijzig een andere gebruiker zijn taal" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" -"Odoo geeft u ook de mogelijkheid om de gewenste taal voor elke gebruiker in " -"te stellen." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1176,15 +1525,1068 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +msgid "Giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +msgid "iDeal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" +" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" +" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " +"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " +"don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " +"corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "Unsplash" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "Hoe kan je een Unsplash toegangssleutel genereren" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -1199,7 +2601,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." -msgstr "Creëer een account op Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1207,12 +2609,10 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" -"Ga naar je applicatie dashboard `_" -"  en klik op **Nieuwe Applicatie**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "Accepteer de condities en klik op **Accepteer voorwaarden**." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1241,7 +2641,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "Hoe je een Unsplash applicatie ID kunt genereren" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 6a73a21ef..2757330fb 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -3,18 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "Basis van de SnelStart Methodologie" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -32,13 +27,10 @@ msgid "" "implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." msgstr "" -"Dit document is een samenvatting van de diensten van Odoo Online, onze " -"Success pack implementatie methodologie en de beste praktijken om te starten" -" met ons product. " #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) en de Consultant." +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -80,24 +72,22 @@ msgid "" "training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " "collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " "that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"`__, `The elearning " -"platform `__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform `_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "2. Project Scope" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " "project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" "**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " "the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " @@ -106,7 +96,7 @@ msgid "" " clear." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" "**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " "phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" @@ -115,7 +105,7 @@ msgid "" "the implementation." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" "**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " "environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " @@ -127,18 +117,18 @@ msgid "" "experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" " account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" "**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " "responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," @@ -148,7 +138,7 @@ msgid "" "check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" "**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " "of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" @@ -163,7 +153,7 @@ msgid "" "to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" "**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " "what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " @@ -171,43 +161,34 @@ msgid "" "tools\\* :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " "filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -"**De GAP Analyse**: De vergelijking tussen het verzoek en de standaard " -"functionaliteiten voorgesteld door Odoo, zal het mogelijk maken om de gap te" -" identificeren en in te vullen door ontwikkelingen/customisaties of " -"wijzigingen in de business processen. " -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" "**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " "between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " "and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" "`The Proof of Concept `__ A " "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " "lines of expected changes." msgstr "" -"`De Proof of Concept `__ Een" -" vereenvoudigde versie, een prototype van wat naar verwachting zal " -"overeenkomen over de hoofdlijnen van verwachte veranderingen." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -"**The Mockup**: In hetzelfde idee als de Proof of Concept, zal het " -"aansluiten bij de veranderingen met betrekking tot de interface." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" "To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " "limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " @@ -216,17 +197,17 @@ msgid "" "verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "4. Communicatie strategie" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" "The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " "the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " @@ -234,7 +215,7 @@ msgid "" "follow those principles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" "**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " "that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " @@ -244,45 +225,45 @@ msgid "" " manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " "detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " "time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "5. Aanpassingen en ontwikkelingen" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 msgid "" "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " "capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " "and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "" "**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " "taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," @@ -296,7 +277,7 @@ msgid "" "\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 msgid "" "**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " "change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" @@ -305,18 +286,18 @@ msgid "" "business processes of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "6. Test en validatie principes" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" " test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " "needs of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" "**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " "for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " @@ -324,33 +305,33 @@ msgid "" "requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" -msgstr "**of**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "7. Data importeren" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" "Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " "be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " @@ -359,14 +340,14 @@ msgid "" "it will be decided :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " "importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " "moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" "**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " "the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " @@ -375,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "" " import will be made before the production launch." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" "**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " "integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " @@ -383,16 +364,16 @@ msgid "" "production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "8. Support" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " "questions or technical issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 28afc9abd..58d5594b6 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -3,20 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,535 +19,846 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " -"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "Genereer creditfacturen van tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 -msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "Sta productretouren toe op tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Odoo Helpdesk installeren:" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "Open de Apps module, zoek voor \"Helpdesk\" en klik op installeren" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "Helpdesk teams opzetten" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "Standaard komt Odoo Helpdesk met een team \"Support\" genaamd." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -"Om dit team te wijzigen, of extra teams aan te maken, selecteert u " -"\"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteert u \"Instellingen\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u nieuwe teams maken, beslissen welke teamleden aan dit team " -"moeten toegevoegd worden, hoe uw klanten tickets kunnen verzenden en welk " -"SLA-beleid en beoordelingen gewenst zijn. Voor de toewijzingsmethode kunt u " -"tickets willekeurig, gebalanceerd of handmatig toewijzen." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "Hoe verschillende fases opzetten voor elk team" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -"Eerst zal je de ontwikkelaarsmodus moeten activeren. Ga hiervoor naar de " -"instellingen module en selecteer rechtsonder de link voor \"Activeer de " -"ontwikkelaarsmodus\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u terugkeert naar uw Helpdesk module en \"Configuratie\" selecteert " -"in de paarse balk, vindt u extra opties, zoals \"Fases\". Hier kunt u nieuwe" -" fasen creëren en die fasen toewijzen aan 1 of meerdere teams, zodat u voor " -"elk team aanpasbare fases kunt instellen!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Start met het ontvangen van tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn klanten tickets doorsturen?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -"Selecteer \"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteer \"Instellingen\", " -"selecteer uw Helpdeskteam. Onder \"Kanalen vindt u 4 opties:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -"Met een e-mailalias kunnen klanten naar de alias berichten sturen om een " -"ticket te maken. De onderwerpregel van de e-mail wordt het onderwerp op het " -"ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -"Via het webformulier kan uw klant naar " -"uwwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit en een ticket indienen via een " -"websiteformulier - net als odoo.com/help!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"Met Live Chat kunnen uw klanten een ticket indienen op uw website. Uw klant " -"start de livechat en uw Live Chat-operator kan een ticket maken met behulp " -"van de opdracht \"/helpdesk\" + \"het Onderwerp van het ticket\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"`__." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "Er zijn tickets aangemaakt, wat nu?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -"Nu kunnen uw werknemers eraan werken! Als u een handmatige " -"toewijzingsmethode hebt geselecteerd, moeten uw werknemers zichzelf " -"toewijzen aan tickets met behulp van de knop 'AAN MIJ TOEWIJZEN' in de " -"linkerbovenhoek van een ticket of door zichzelf toe te voegen aan het veld " -"'Toegewezen aan'." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -"Als u de toewijzingsmethode \"Willekeurig\" of \"Gebalanceerd\" hebt " -"gekozen, worden uw tickets toegewezen aan een lid van dat Helpdeskteam." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Van hieruit beginnen zij te werken aan het oplossen van de tickets! Wanneer " -"ze voltooid zijn komt het ticket in de opgelost fase." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "Hoe markeer ik dit ticket als urgent?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -"U kunt bepalen hoe urgent een ticket is door het aantal sterren op het " -"ticket te selecteren. Hoe meer sterren hoe dringender het is. U kunt dit " -"doen in de Kanban-weergave of op het ticket formulier." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -"Om een Service Level Agreement-beleid voor uw werknemers in te stellen, " -"activeert u eerst deze functie onder \"Instellingen\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "Van hier, selecteer \"Stel SLA regels in\" en klik op \"Maken\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -"Je vult informatie in zoals het Helpdeskteam, wat de minimale prioriteit is " -"op de tickets (de sterren) en de doelen voor de tickets." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" -"Wat als een ticket is geblokkeerd of klaar is om aan te worden gewerkt?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -"Als een ticket niet kan worden opgelost of geblokkeerd is, kunt u de " -"\"Kanban-status\" op het ticket aanpassen. Je hebt 3 opties:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Grijs - Normale staat" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Rood - Geblokkeerd" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Groen - Klaar voor volgende fase" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"Net als de urgentie-sterren kun je de staat aanpassen in de kanban of op het" -" ticket formulier." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn medewerkers tijd boeken op een ticket?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"Ga eerst naar \"Instellingen\" en selecteer de optie voor \"Urenstaat op " -"Ticket\". U ziet een veld verschijnen waar u het project kunt selecteren " -"waar de uren kunnen geregistreerd worden." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -"Nu u een project hebt geselecteerd, kunt u opslaan. Als u teruggaat naar een" -" ticket, ziet u een nieuw tabblad genaamd \"Urenstaten\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -"Hier kunnen uw werknemers een regel toevoegen om te registreren wat zij voor" -" dit ticket hebben gedaan." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "Stel uw klanten in staat om eenvoudig uw diensten te beoordelen." +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "Activeer hiervoor \"Beoordelingen\" onder \"Instellingen\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -"Wanneer een ticket naar de fase opgelost of voltooid wordt verplaatst, " -"stuurt Odoo een e-mail (indien een mailserver correct is ingesteld) naar de " -"klant met de vraag wat hij van de service vond." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "Registreer en factureer tijd voor tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -"Mogelijk hebt u servicecontracten met uw klanten om hen te ondersteunen bij " -"problemen. Voor dit doel helpt Odoo u de tijd te registreren die u besteedt " -"aan het oplossen van het probleem en vooral om het aan uw klanten te " -"factureren." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "De modules die nodig zijn" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -"Om tijd op tickets te registreren en te factureren, zijn de volgende modules" -" nodig: Helpdesk, Project, Urenstaten, Verkoop. Als u een van deze mist, ga " -"dan naar de Apps-module, zoek ernaar en klik vervolgens op * Installeren *." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "Stap 1 : start een helpdesk project" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -"Ga vervolgens naar uw dashboard, maak het nieuwe project aan en laat " -"daarvoor urenstaten toe." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Stap 2: Breng een helpdeskteam bij elkaar" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Stap 3 : start de helpdesk service" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "U bent nu klaar voor het ontvangen van tickets!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "Los incidenten op en registreer de bestede tijd" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "Stap 1 : plaats een bestelling" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Stap 2 : koppel de taak aan het ticket" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "Stap 3 : registreer de tijd die is besteed om de klant te helpen" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -"De klus is geklaard en het probleem van de klant is opgelost. Om de uren te " -"registreren die voor deze taak zijn uitgevoerd, gaat u terug naar het " -"ticketformulier en voegt u ze toe op het tabblad *Urenstaten*." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"De uren die op het ticket zijn geregistreerd, verschijnen ook automatisch in" -" de Urenstaten app en in de speciale taak." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Stap 4 : Factureer de klant" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" -"Het enige dat u nog hoeft te doen, is de factuur vanaf de bestelling maken " -"en deze vervolgens te valideren. Nu enkel wachten op de betaling van de " -"klant!" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 03a0c4ef4..cc0da3e35 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -6,11 +6,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,4 +19,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../index.rst:3 msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Odoo gebruikersdocumentatie" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index be836d0e7..cffbfd62f 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -3,21 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# Cas Vissers , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,15 +19,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Voorraad" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Dagelijkse bewerkingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" @@ -87,15 +79,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Barcode Nomenclature" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." -" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sales that sells products in" -" bulk. The customers will scale their products themselves and get the " -"printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -105,51 +109,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo supports *Barcode Nomenclatures*, which determine the mapping and " -"interpretation of the encoded information." +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the *Barcode Nomenclature*, you need to activate the debug " -"mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" -"The first step is to specify the *rule name*, for example, *Weight Barcode* " -"with 3 decimals. Then, you have to specify the type for barcode " -"nomenclature, like the *Weighted Product*." +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" -"The *Barcode Pattern* is a regular expression that defines the structure of " -"the barcode. In this example, 21 defines the products on which the rule will" -" be applied. Those are the numbers by which the product barcode should " -"start. The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are" -" there to identify the product in question. The “N” defines a number and the" -" “D” defines the decimals." +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " -"sequence. The first rule that matches the scanned barcode will then be " -"applied." +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" @@ -159,100 +165,95 @@ msgid "" "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" -"The barcode should contain 0’s when you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case," -" we need to set 5 zeros because we condigures “21………{NNDDD}”;" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" -"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number. Use an EAN13 generator to know" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" -"In case you weight 1,5kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following " -"barcode: *2112345015001*. If you scan this barcode in your PoS, or when " -"receiving the products in your barcode app, Odoo will automatically create a" -" new line for the product, for a quantity of 1,5kg." +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:67 -msgid "" -"For the point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be " -"computed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" -"**Priced Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"price, used in PoS;" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" -"**Discounted Product**: it allows you to create one barcode per applied " -"discount. Then, you can scan your product in the PoS and apply discounts on " -"the product by scanning the discount barcode;" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" -"**Weighted Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"weight, used in both PoS and in Inventory;" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "" -"**Client**: it allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " -"loyalty program;" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" -"**Cashier**: it allows you to identify the cashier when entering the PoS;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Location**: it allows you to identify the location on a transfer when " -"multi-location is activated;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Package**: it allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages " -"are activated;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: it allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a " -"transfer;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Credit Card**: it doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from " -"the Mercury module;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Unit Product**: it allows you to identify a product for both PoS and " -"Transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:97 -msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " -"number of characters. Those characters can be any number." +"number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 @@ -294,7 +295,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Ontvangsten" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -313,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Leveringen" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Interne verplaatsingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -397,11 +398,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "Zet uw barcode scanner op" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -409,14 +410,10 @@ msgid "" "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -"Aan de slag met het scannen van barcodes in Odoo is vrij eenvoudig. Toch is " -"een goede gebruikerservaring afhankelijk van een geschikte hardware-" -"installatie. Deze handleiding helpt u bij het kiezen en configureren van de " -"barcodescanner." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "Vind de barcode scanner die voldoet aan uw noden" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -424,9 +421,6 @@ msgid "" "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -"Het 3 aanbevolen type barcodescanners om te werken met de Odoo ** voorraad " -"** en ** barcodescanning ** apps zijn de ** USB-scanner **, ** de bluetooth-" -"scanner ** en de ** mobiele-computer scanner ** ." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -435,10 +429,6 @@ msgid "" " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -"Als u producten scant op een computerlocatie, is de ** USB-scanner ** de " -"juiste keuze. Sluit hem gewoon op de computer aan om te beginnen met " -"scannen. Zorg er voor dat de scanner compatibel is met uw " -"toetsenbordindeling of zo kan worden geconfigureerd." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -462,11 +452,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "Configureer uw barcode scanner" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "Toetsenbord layout" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -475,15 +465,10 @@ msgid "" "characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" -"U barcode scanner moet geconfigureerd worden om dezelfde toetsenbord lay-out" -" te gebruiken als uw besturingssysteem. Anders zal uw scanner karakters niet" -" correct vertalen (een 'A' vervangen met een 'Q' bijvoorbeeld). De meeste " -"scanners worden geconfigureerd door de correcte streepjescode uit de " -"gebruikshandleiding te scannen." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "Automatisch harde return" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -494,13 +479,6 @@ msgid "" "explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" -"Standaard heeft Odoo een vertraging van 50 milliseconden tussen elke " -"succesvolle scan (het helpt dubbele scans tegen te gaan die per ongeluk " -"gebeuren). Als u deze vertraging wilt onderdrukken kan u uw scanner " -"configureren om een harde return toe te voegen aan het einde van de barcode." -" Dit is vaak de standaard configuratie en kan expliciet worden toegepast " -"door een specifieke barcode te scannen die u kan vinden in uw handleiding " -"('CR suffix AAN', 'Voeg enter toe na suffix', enz.)" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" @@ -520,7 +498,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -529,16 +506,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -547,13 +521,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " -"feature, you can hit save." +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 @@ -563,50 +537,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." @@ -614,38 +590,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Magazijnbeheer" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "Hoe een inkooporder annuleren?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " "been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." msgstr "" -"Odoo biedt u de mogelijkheid om een leveringsmethode te annuleren, of deze " -"nu te snel is gevalideerd, moet worden gewijzigd of om een andere reden." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -653,30 +608,24 @@ msgid "" "delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " "any bad surprise." msgstr "" -"Sommige vervoerders zijn flexibeler dan andere, dus zorg ervoor dat u uw " -"levering zo snel mogelijk annuleert om onaangename verrassingen te " -"vermijden." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "Verkoopproces" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " "Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." msgstr "" -"Ga naar **Verkopen** en klik op **Verkooporder** in de **Verkoop** module. " -"Klik vervolgens op de verkooporder die u wilt annuleren." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 msgid "" "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " "order." msgstr "" -"Klik op de knop ** Levering** in de rechterbovenhoek van de verkooporder." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -684,30 +633,22 @@ msgid "" "**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" " cancel the delivery." msgstr "" -"Klik op het tabblad ** Aanvullende Informatie ** , zult zien dat naast de **" -" Levering Tracking informatie **, er een ** Annuleren ** knop is. Klik erop " -"om de levering te annuleren." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 msgid "" "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" " receive the confirmation of the cancellation." msgstr "" -"Om ervoor te zorgen dat uw levering werd geannuleerd, check de historiek , u" -" ontvangt de bevestiging van de annulering." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" msgstr "" -"Hoe kan ik een leveringsmethode beperken tot een bepaald aantal landen?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " "limit them to a certain number of countries." msgstr "" -"Met Odoo kunt u verschillende soorten leveringsmethoden instellen en kunt u " -"ze beperken tot een bepaald aantal landen." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -719,19 +660,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." msgstr "" -"Selecteer de leveringsmethode die u wilt wijzigen of maak een nieuwe aan." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 msgid "" "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " "this delivery method." msgstr "" -"Kies op het tabblad ** Bestemming ** de landen waarop u deze " -"leveringsmethode wilt toepassen." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "Laten we kijken naar het resultaat, nu dit klaar is." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -843,22 +781,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -"*Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " -"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" -" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" -"shipping." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" -" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" -" supplier, via the purchase tab." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 @@ -912,7 +850,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "**Een stap (verzending)**: Verzend direct vanuit stock" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -953,35 +891,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "één stap flow" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "Lees aub de documentatie op :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "Twee stappen flow" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "Drie stappen flow" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "Hoe kan ik het type label wijzigen?" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -998,7 +936,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "Kies een levermethode en klik vervolgens op **Wijzigen**." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1012,8 +950,6 @@ msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." msgstr "" -"Eenmaal dit gedaan is kan u het resultaat zien wanneer u de Verkoop module " -"opent en een nieuwe verkooporder aanmaakt." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1028,80 +964,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" -" the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 @@ -1117,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 @@ -1161,522 +1088,207 @@ msgid "" "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "Op een productniveau" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "Op bedrijfsniveau" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "Op route niveau" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "Op verkooporder niveau:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "**Aanvraagdatum**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Voorbeeld" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" -"Januari 19: werkelijk geplande leverdatum (1 dag na de verkoop veiligheid " -"dag)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" -"Januari 18: ontvang het product van uw leverancier (1 dag van inkoopdagen)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" -"Januari 10: deadline om te bestellen bij uw leverancier (9 dagen van " -"leverancier zijn doorlooptijd)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "Multi-stap routes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " -"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" -" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " -"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " -"*Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" -" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " -"save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Maak een verkooporder aan" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " -"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " -"*Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " -"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " -"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " -"for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " -"Input* and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Ontvangsten" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" @@ -1696,7 +1308,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "**één stap**: Ontvang goederen direct in stock." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." @@ -1718,11 +1330,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "De principes zijn de volgende:" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "**één stap**: U ontvangt de goederen direct in uw stock." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1750,27 +1362,324 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "Dit is de standaard configuratie in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Partijen en serienummers" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen partijen en serienummers?" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1794,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Wanneer te gebruiken" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1815,7 +1724,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "Wanneer niet te gebruiken" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1834,11 +1743,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Manage expiration dates" @@ -1866,13 +1775,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Applicatie configuratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " -"*Expiration Dates* features." +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 @@ -1880,7 +1789,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Product configuratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1927,14 +1836,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Verval waarschuwingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" -"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " -"alert date." +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1972,13 +1881,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " -"Then, click on save." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Product configuratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1988,8 +1897,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " -"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 @@ -2037,13 +1947,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Bewerkingsoorten" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -"*Configuration > Operation Types*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 @@ -2058,7 +1968,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Partij traceerbaarheid" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -2069,8 +1979,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " -"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 @@ -2107,21 +2018,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " -"feature and hit save." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " -"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " -"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Serienummers beheren" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2187,8 +2098,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" -" *Inventory* app." +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 @@ -2206,7 +2117,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "Traceerbaarheid serienummer" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -2217,13 +2128,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" -" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " -"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " -"which documents the serial number has been used." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." @@ -2231,7 +2143,128 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Memoriaal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " +":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" @@ -2299,9 +2332,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " -"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " -"section. Now, hit save." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 @@ -2359,12 +2392,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " -"feature." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 @@ -2390,8 +2425,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 @@ -2412,8 +2448,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 @@ -2436,7 +2472,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 @@ -2505,246 +2541,362 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planning" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Levertijd aan klant" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " -"and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" -" enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" -" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " -"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " -"use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 @@ -2764,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "Berekenen vereisten / Planning" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -2789,18 +2941,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "De planner configureren en laten lopen" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "Voer de planner manueel uit" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " -"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " -"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " -"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 @@ -2809,24 +2961,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " -"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " -"starting time of the scheduler." +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" -msgstr "Producten" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "Hoe de correcte bevoorrading strategie te kiezen" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2834,17 +2986,14 @@ msgid "" "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " "delivery strategies." msgstr "" -"Minimale voorraadregels en Maak op Order hebben soortgelijke gevolgen maar " -"verschillende regels. Ze moeten worden gebruikt, afhankelijk van uw " -"productie- en levering- strategieën." #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "Terminologie" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Minimale stockregel" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2854,18 +3003,12 @@ msgid "" " minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" " quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -"Minimum voorraadregels worden gebruikt om ervoor te zorgen dat u altijd het " -"minimale aantal producten op voorraad heeft om uw producten te kunnen " -"vervaardigen en / of te beantwoorden aan uw klantenbehoeften. Wanneer het " -"voorraadniveau van een product het minimum bereikt, zal het systeem " -"automatisch een inkooporder genereren met de hoeveelheid die nodig is om het" -" maximale voorraadniveau te bereiken." #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Maak op order" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -2874,14 +3017,10 @@ msgid "" "current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " "regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." msgstr "" -"Met de functie Maak op Order wordt een aankooporder geactiveerd dat gelijk " -"is aan het aantal bestelde producten. Het systeem zal de huidige voorraad **" -" niet ** controleren. Dit betekent dat een concept aankooporder wordt " -"gegenereerd, ongeacht de beschikbare hoeveelheid." #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Minimale stockregels" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2890,35 +3029,24 @@ msgid "" " down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " "values for a given product." msgstr "" -"De Minimum voorraad regels configuratie is beschikbaar door de Voorraad " -"module. In het Voorraadbeheer menu selecteer \"Aanvulopdracht regels\" in " -"het drop down menu. Druk daar op \"Aanmaken\" om minimum en maximum stock " -"waarden in te geven voor een bepaald product." #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" msgstr "" -"Toon tooltips voor de velden *minimale hoeveelheid*, *maximale hoeveelheid* " -"en *meerdere hoeveelheden*" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." msgstr "" -"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het " -"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden." #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." msgstr "" -"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product " -"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock " -"berekening." #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -2929,11 +3057,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "Klik in het product scherm onder Inventaris op \"Maak op Order\"." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "Kies tussen de twee opties" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -2942,11 +3070,6 @@ msgid "" "amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " "stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." msgstr "" -"De keuze tussen de twee opties is dus afhankelijk van uw voorraadstrategie. " -"Als u de voorkeur geeft aan een buffer en steeds een minimum aantal op " -"voorraad wenst, moet de minimumvoorraadregel worden gebruikt. Als u uw " -"voorraden alleen wenst aan te vullen als uw verkoop is bevestigd, is het " -"beter om de Maak op order route te gebruiken." #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" @@ -2966,12 +3089,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" -"U kan Odoo opzetten om te werken met meerdere maateenheden voor een product." #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " -"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 @@ -2980,9 +3103,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " -"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " -"for the Egg product." +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 @@ -2999,9 +3122,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " -"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " -"on *Edit*." +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 @@ -3038,12 +3161,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Heraanvulling" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to change the unit of measure." +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 @@ -3064,12 +3187,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "Maateenheid" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3095,7 +3218,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Verpakkingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3105,24 +3228,31 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Verpakking" +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" @@ -3131,7 +3261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Voorraad aanpassing" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" @@ -3158,25 +3288,22 @@ msgid "" "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product and if the " -"available quantity is higher or equal to the necessary quantity, Odoo will " -"use what is in stock to fulfill the request. In case you don’t have enough " -"available stock to fully fulfill the product request, procurement will be " -"generated for the total quantity requested." +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "Aanvulopdrachtregels" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " -"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " "this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" @@ -3185,20 +3312,20 @@ msgid "" "will be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " "route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " @@ -3207,29 +3334,29 @@ msgid "" "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " -"where products are available)." +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " "choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, male " +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." msgstr "" @@ -3246,13 +3373,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " -"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " -"`*documentation* " -"`__." -" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " -"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " -"resupplied." +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 @@ -3266,8 +3391,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " -"scheduler\\*." +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 @@ -3281,959 +3406,850 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "Waarderingsmethoden" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Kostprijsbepaling" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Kostprijs" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Handeling" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Kostprijs per stuk" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "Delta waarde" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Voorraadwaarde" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "0" -msgstr "0" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "$0" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan $10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "8" -msgstr "8" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "+8*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "$80" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan $16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "12" -msgstr "12" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "+4*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "$120" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "Lever 10 producten" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "2" -msgstr "2" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "-10*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "$20" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan $9" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "4" -msgstr "4" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "+2*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "$40" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Gemiddelde prijs" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "$12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "+4*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "$144" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "-10*$12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "$24" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan $6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "$9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "+2*$6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "$36" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "" -"De gemiddelde kost veranderd niet wanneer producten het magazijn verlaten." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" -"Deze methode is voor geavanceerde gebruikers. Het vereist goede " -"bedrijfsprocessen omdat de volgorde waarin u uw orders verwerkt de " -"kostberekening veranderd." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "FIFO" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "-8*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "-2*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "$32" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "$11" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "$44" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€16" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "LIFO (niet geaccepteerd in IFRS)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "-4*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "-6*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "$8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "LIFO is niet toegestaan buiten de verenigde staten." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Periodieke voorraadwaardering" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +msgid "€32" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +msgid "" +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 +msgid "" +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Leveranciersfactuur" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" -msgstr "\\" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Debet" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Credit" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "Activa: Voorraad" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" -msgstr "50" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "Activa: Uitgestelde belasting activa" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" -msgstr "4.68" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "Passiva: Crediteur rekeningen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" -msgstr "54.68" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Configuratie:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "Goederen ontvangsten" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "Geen boekingen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Verkoopfactuur" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "Inkomsten: verkochte goederen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" -msgstr "100" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" -msgstr "9" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "Activa: debiteuren rekeningen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" -msgstr "109" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Productieorders" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "Uitgaven: kost van verkocht product" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "Uitgaven: Aangekochte goederen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "Laten we het voorbeeld nemen van een reseller." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "**Configuratie:**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "€0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan €10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "€80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan €16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "€120" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "€20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan €9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "€40" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "€144" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10*€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "€24" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan €6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "€9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2*€6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "€36" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "€32" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "€11" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "€44" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "-4*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "-6*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "€8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "Magazijnen" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen magazijnen en locaties?" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4253,7 +4269,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "Er zijn 3 soorten locaties:" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4288,11 +4304,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 msgid "Create a New Location" @@ -4301,14 +4317,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " -"application > Configuration > Settings*." +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " -"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 @@ -4352,13 +4369,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" -" to add a new warehouse." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 @@ -4385,7 +4403,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Proces overzicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 @@ -4401,8 +4419,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" -" and enter the name of your product." +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 @@ -4439,11 +4457,17 @@ msgid "" "forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " @@ -4468,8 +4492,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " "*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " -"new one." +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 @@ -4584,11 +4608,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "Geavanceerde routes" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "Concepten" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" @@ -4609,34 +4633,34 @@ msgid "" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*." +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" -" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4644,7 +4668,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4655,21 +4679,21 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" @@ -4693,17 +4717,17 @@ msgid "" "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "Nieuw magazijn aanmaken" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -4711,37 +4735,37 @@ msgid "" "**Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "Een nieuwe voorraad aanmaken" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -4749,7 +4773,7 @@ msgid "" "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -4758,76 +4782,74 @@ msgid "" "orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "Interne overplaatsing aanmaken" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" -"Indien u **Valideren** selecteert zal Odoo alle hoeveelheden verwerken om te" -" verplaatsen." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "Het is ook mogelijk om manueel elk product te verplaatsen:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -4836,208 +4858,6 @@ msgid "" "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "Wat is een inkoop regel?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "Configuratie inkoopregels" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "Wat is een push regel?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "Instellingen push regels" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "Stock overplaatsingen" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -5098,229 +4918,468 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "Hoe routes te gebruiken?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Beheer productieketens" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Beheer standaardlocaties per product" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Help verhuurbeheer, door het genereren van automatische ruil verplaatsingen " -"voor gehuurde producten" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "Voorgeconfigureerde routes" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "Odoo heeft bepaalde voorgeconfigureerde routes voor uw magazijnen." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "Aangepaste routes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "Routes toegepast op producten" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "Routes toegepast op product categorie" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "Routes toegepast op verkooporderlijnen" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -"Om dit te doen werken moet ook het gebruik van routes activeren op de " -"verkooporder." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "Inkoop en push regels" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "Raadpleeg aub de documenten:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "Inkoop configuratie" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "Product kosten" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" -"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " -"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " -"to be installed)." +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " -"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" -" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " -"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " -"will be split accross your transfers lines." +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 @@ -5350,41 +5409,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " -"automatically activated." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " -"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " -"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -5432,11 +5492,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "Soorten verwijder strategieën" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -5455,7 +5515,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "Laten we een voorbeeld van een FIFA verwijderingsstrategie nemen." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -5471,8 +5531,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." msgstr "" -"Maak een verkooporder met ``25`` eenheden van een ``iPod 32 GB`` en bevestig" -" deze." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -5482,7 +5540,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -5505,7 +5563,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "Maak een verkooporder met ``10`` eenheden van de ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -5515,7 +5573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -5600,19 +5658,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "Product gebruiksduur --> Beste voor datum" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "Product verwijdertijd --> Verwijderdatum" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "Product levensduur --> Einde levensduur datum" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "Product waarschuwingstijd --> Waarschuwingsdatum" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5629,45 +5687,45 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "**Lot / Serie Nr**" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "**Product**" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "**Vervaldatum**" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "LOT0001" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "IJs" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "08/20/2015" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "LOT0002" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "08/10/2015" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "LOT0003" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "08/15/2015" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -5685,24 +5743,18 @@ msgid "" "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" " the removal dates." msgstr "" -"Het neemt ``10kg`` van ``LOT0002`` en ``5KG`` van ``LOT0003`` gebaseerd op " -"de verwijderdatums." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Afleveradres" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "Verzend operaties" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" @@ -5744,11 +5796,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "U zal nu zien dat de verzending geannuleerd is." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "U kan nu de leverancier wijzigen indien u dit wenst." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" @@ -5765,29 +5817,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "Hoe de verzendkosten te factureren aan de klant?" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "Er zijn twee manieren om de verzendkosten te factureren:" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "" -"Ga akkoord met de klant over een kost en verzegel het in de verkooporder" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "Factureer de echte kost van de verzending." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5801,8 +5852,6 @@ msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "" -"U kan manueel een prijs instellen voor de verzending: dit kan een vast " -"bedrag zijn of gebaseerd zijn op regels." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -5812,11 +5861,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "Hoe de verzendkosten te factureren aan de klant?" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "Factureer de prijs ingesteld op de verkooporder" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 @@ -5843,12 +5892,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u de factuur aanmaakt neemt het de prijs die is ingesteld op het " -"verkooporder." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "Factureer de echte verzendkosten" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -5866,36 +5913,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" -"Ga terug naar de verkooporder, de echte kost is nu toegevoegd aan het " -"verkooporder." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u de factuur aanmaakt neemt het de berekende prijs van de " -"transporteur." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "" -"Indien u de levering splitst en verschillende leveringen maakt zal elke " -"leverorder een lijn toevoegen aan het verkooporder." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "Hoe verzendlabels af te printen?" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5920,13 +5961,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Toepassen**." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "Configureer de aflevermethode" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 @@ -5951,15 +5992,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "" -"De configuratie van de transporteur is onderverdeeld in twee kolommen:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" -"De eerste is gelinkt aan **uw account** (ontwikkelaar sleutel, wachtwoord, " -"...). Voor meer informatie kan u terecht op de website van de provider." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 @@ -5976,7 +6014,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "Bedrijfsconfiguratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 @@ -6014,7 +6052,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "Hoe verzendlabels afdrukken?" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -6042,7 +6080,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "Klik erop om het document te openen en te printen:" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -6070,13 +6108,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "Klik op **Toepassen** wanneer u klaar bent." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "Verkooporder" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." @@ -6108,11 +6146,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "Doe dezelfde stap met de andere onderdelen die u wilt inpakken." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "Klik op **Valideren** wanneer u klaar bent." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" @@ -6137,7 +6175,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "Hoe een aflevermethode op te zetten?" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -6155,7 +6193,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "Installeer de Voorraad module" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -6173,14 +6211,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "Stel eerst een naam en transportbedrijf in." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "" -"Vervolgens moet u de prijs instellen. Het kan een vaste prijs zijn of " -"gebaseerd zijn op regels." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -6225,7 +6261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Levering" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." @@ -6239,12 +6275,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" @@ -6256,15 +6292,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "Een DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "Een DHL wachtwoord" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "Een DHL rekeningnummer" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -6280,7 +6316,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "SiteID en wachtwoord ophalen voor verenigde staten" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -6296,15 +6332,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "**SiteID**: KlantTest" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "**Wachtwoord**: alkd89nBV" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "**DHL rekeningnummer**: 803921577" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" @@ -6347,7 +6383,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "Vink **Verzending ingeschakeld** aan wanneer u het wilt gebruiken." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -6364,8 +6400,6 @@ msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" -"De eerste is gelinkt aan **uw account** (ontwikkelaar sleutel, wachtwoord, " -"...). Voor meer informatie kan u terecht op de website van de provider." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -6435,27 +6469,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "Hoe UPS login gegevens krijgen voor integratie met Odoo?" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "Om de Odoo UPS API te gebruiken moet u:" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "Een UPS.com gebruikersid en wachtwoord" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "Een UPS rekeningnummer" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "Een toegangssleutel" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -6465,7 +6499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "Maak een UPS rekening" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -6507,72 +6541,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "Klik op het **Mijn UPS** tabblad." +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "Klik op de **Rekening samenvatting** link." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "Klik op de **Volgende** knop om verder te gaan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "Krijg een toegangssleutel" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"`_" msgstr "" -"1. Ga naar de **UPS ontwikkelaars kit** webpagina " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "Login bij UPS.com met uw gebruikersid en wachtwoord" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "Klik op de link **Toegangssleutel aanvragen**." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "Controleer uw contactgegevens" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 454bc833a..0b7e89fb5 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -3,20 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,107 +19,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot.rst:5 msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config.rst:3 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Verbind een IoT box aan uw databank" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "Installeer de Internet of Things (IoT) App in uw Odoo Databank." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "Ga naar de IoT App en klik op Connecteer met de IoT Boxes pagina." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Volg de stappen om uw IoT Box te connecteren" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Ethernet Verbinding" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" " (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Connecteer aan de IoT Box alle apparaten die moeten worden verbonden met " -"kabels (ethernet, usb-apparaten, enz.)." #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "Klik vervolgens op de Scan knop." +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "WiFi Verbinding" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Kopieer de token" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." msgstr "" -"Maak verbinding met het IoT Box WiFi-netwerk (zorg ervoor dat er geen " -"ethernetkabel op uw computer is aangesloten)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " "and paste the token, then click on next." msgstr "" -"U wordt doorverwezen naar de IoT Box Homepagina (indien dit niet lukt, kan u" -" verbinden met het IP-adres van de box). Geef een naam aan uw IoT-box (niet " -"verplicht) en gebruik het token, klik vervolgens op Volgende." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" "f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." msgstr "" -"Gebruik je Runbot, vergeet dan niet om de -all of -base in het token (bvb. " -"dit token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** moet worden " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " "redirected to your database." msgstr "" -"Kies het WiFi-netwerk waarmee u verbinding wilt maken (voer het wachtwoord " -"in als dit er is) en klik op Verzenden. Wacht een paar seconden voordat u " -"wordt omgeleid naar uw database." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "Je zou nu de IoT Box moeten zien." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 msgid "Flashing your SD Card" @@ -139,410 +131,344 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"`__)." +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Gebruik de IoT Box voor de Kassa" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Vereisten" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Controleer voordat u begint of u over het volgende beschikt:" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "Een IoT Box" +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "Een 2A Voedingsadapter met pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Een computer of tablet met een geüpdatet webbrowser" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" -msgstr "Een functionerende SaaS of Odoo instantie met de Kassa geïnstalleerd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "Een lokale netwerk opzet met DHCP (dit is de standaard instelling)" +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"`__)" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"`__" msgstr "" -"Een Epson USB TM-T20-printer of een andere ESC/POS compatibele printer " -"(Officieel ondersteunde hardware is opgelijst op `de Kassa Hardware pagina " -"`__)" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" -"Een Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode scanner of een ander compatibel apparaat" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "Een Epson compatibele kassa lade" +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Een RJ45 Ethernet kabel (optioneel, WiFi is ingebouwd)" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Instellen" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"`__." +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -"Om hardware aan te sluiten op de Kassa, is de eerste stap om een IoT Box aan" -" te sluiten op uw database. Volg hiervoor deze `documentatie " -"'`__." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "Vervolgens moet u de randapparatuur op uw IoT Box aansluiten." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." msgstr "" -"Officieel ondersteunde hardware is opgelijst op `de Kassa Hardware pagina " -"`_, maar andere " -"hardware werkt mogelijk ook." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Printer**: Connecteer een ECS/Kassa printer met een USB poort en zet deze " -"aan." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." msgstr "" -"**Kassalade**: De kassalade moet geconnecteerd zijn met de printer via een " -"RJ25 kabel." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." msgstr "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connecteer uw barcode scanner. Om u barcode scanner " -"compatibel te maken moet het zich voordoen als een toetsenbord en moet het " -"geconfigureerd zijn in **US QWERTY**. Het moet barcodes ook beëindigen met " -"een enter karakter (toetscode 28). Dit is normaal gezien de normale " -"configuratie van uw barcode scanner." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**Weegschaal**: Connecteer uw weegschaal en zet ze aan." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" -"**Ethernet**: Als u geen Wi-Fi wilt gebruiken steekt u de ethernetkabel in. " -"Verzeker u van dat dit de IoT Box connecteert met hetzelfde netwerk als uw " -"Kassa." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The huisige versie van de IoT Box heeft ingebouwde Wi-Fi. Zorg " -"ervoor dat u geen Ethernet-kabel aansluit tijdens het opstarten, omdat alle " -"Wi-Fi-functionaliteit zal worden omzeild wanneer een bekabelde " -"netwerkverbinding beschikbaar is bij het opstarten." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" -"Als u klaar bent, kun je de IoT Box verbinden met je Kassa. Hiervoor gaat u " -"naar Kassaverkoop > Instellingen > Kassaverkoop > Kassanaam, vinkt u het " -"vakje \"IoT Box\" aan en selecteert u de IoT Box waarmee u verbinding wilt " -"maken. Sla de wijzigingen op." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "De installatie is voltooid, u kunt een nieuwe Kassa-sessie starten." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "Troubleshoot" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "De PoS kan niet connecteren met de IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" msgstr "" -"De gemakkelijkste manier om u er van te verzekeren dat de IoT Box correct is" -" opgezet is om de IoT Box aan te zetten met de printer ingeplugd. Indien " -"functioneel zal de printer een ticket uitprinten waar eender welke " -"foutmelding op wordt geprint of het IP adres van de IoT Box indien alles in " -"orde is. Controleer de volgende stappen als er geen ticket wordt geprint:" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -"Verzeker u ervan dat de IoT Box van stroom voorzien is, dit is aangegeven " -"als de LED een heldere rode kleur uitstraalt." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" msgstr "" -"Verzeker u ervan dat de IoT Box klaar is, dit is aangegeven door een heldere" -" groene status LED net naast de rode status LED. De IoT Box zou klaar moeten" -" zijn ~2 minuten nadat deze is opgestart." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" msgstr "" -"Verzeker u er van dat de IoT Box is geconnecteerd met hetzelfde netwerk als" -" uw Kassa. Beide het toestel en de IoT Box moeten zichtbaar zijn in de " -"lijst van verbonden toestellen op uw netwerk router." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." msgstr "" -"Indien u in de configuratie het IP heeft ingegeven moet u zich ervan " -"verzekeren dat deze correspondeert met de informatie op het geprinte IoT Box" -" status ticket." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "Verzeker u er van dat de POS niet over HTTPS laad." +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" msgstr "" -"Een bug in Firefox zijn HTTP implementatie voorkomt de goede werking van de " -"automatische ontdekking. Wanneer u Firefox gebruikt moet u manueel de IoT " -"Box zijn IP adres ingeven in de Kassa configuratie." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "De Barcode Scanner werkt niet" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" msgstr "" -"De barcode scanner moet geconfigureerd zijn in US QWERTY en moet een enter " -"toevoegen achter de barcode. Dit is de standaard configuratie voor de meeste" -" barcode lezers. Kijk naar de barcode documentatie voor meer informatie." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." msgstr "" -"De IoT Box heeft een 2A voeding nodig om te werken met sommige barcode " -"scanners. Zorg ervoor dat de voeding die u gebruikt genoeg kracht heeft " -"indien u niet de meegeleverde voeding gebruikt." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." msgstr "" -"Sommige barcode scanners hebben meer dan 2A nodig en zullen niet of " -"onbetrouwbaar werken, zelfs met de meegeleverde voeding. In die gevallen kan" -" u een barcode scanner inpluggen in een zelfvoorzienende USB hub." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." msgstr "" -"Sommige slecht gebouwde scanners adverteren zichzelf niet als barcode " -"scanners maar als usb toetsenborden en zullen niet herkend worden door de " -"IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "De Barcode Scanner werkt niet betrouwbaar" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." msgstr "" -"Zorg ervoor dat er gelijktijdig niet meer dan één apparaat met de optie " -"'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode Scanner' is ingeschakeld en geconnecteerd met de " -"IoT Box ." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "Het ticket printen duurt te lang" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" msgstr "" -"Een kleine vertraging voor de eerste print is normaal, aangezien de IoT Box " -"op voorhand wat verwerking doet om de volgende printopdrachten te " -"versnellen. Als u hierna nog vertragingen heeft bij het printen is dit " -"mogelijk door een slechte netwerkconnectie tussen de Kassa en de IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "Sommige karakters zijn niet correct afgedrukt op het ticket" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" -"De IoT Box ondersteunt niet alle talen en karakters. Het ondersteund " -"momenteel Latin en Cyrillic gebaseerde scripts, met basis Japanse " -"ondersteuning." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "De printer is offline" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" -"Verzeker u er van dat de printer verbonden is, opstaat, genoeg papier heeft," -" dat het deksel gesloten is en dat de printer geen fouten meld. Gelieve " -"support te contacteren als deze fout zich blijft voordoen." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "De kassalade opent niet" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." msgstr "" -"De kassalade moet verbonden zijn met de printer en moet geactiveerd worden " -"in de POS configuratie." + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 msgid "Devices" -msgstr "Apparaten" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Camera" @@ -560,53 +486,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 msgid "Connection" -msgstr "Connectie" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" "If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " "soon as it is connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 msgid "With the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " "Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " "the control point you want to link with the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " "list. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " "manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" @@ -625,40 +540,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " -"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " -"steps." +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" " the two by cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 msgid "" "If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " -"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " -"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 msgid "" "To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " "workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " @@ -666,14 +570,14 @@ msgid "" " also add a key to trigger it." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " "matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " "automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 msgid "" "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " "correctly connected to the footswitch." @@ -697,49 +601,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 msgid "" "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " -"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " -"drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 msgid "" "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " "explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " "device." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " "Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " "and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " "list. Then, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 msgid "" "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " "value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " @@ -759,154 +656,139 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" -" cable." +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 -msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your printer is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " -"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 msgid "Link the Printer" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 msgid "To Work Orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 msgid "" "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " "app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " "order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 msgid "" "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" " *Print Label* button will appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 msgid "To Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 msgid "" "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " "go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 msgid "" "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" " all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " "select and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " "downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" " print it." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 msgid "" "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" " directly from your *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " -"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " -"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 msgid "" -"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " -"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 msgid "" -"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" -" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 msgid "" "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " "at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " "current day." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 msgid "" "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." -" Click on it and it will print the bill." +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " "*Order Printer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" -" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " -"Categories* field." +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 msgid "" "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " -"will be printed." +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 289f9a954..1bda28b11 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -3,18 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,179 +17,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live Chat" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Voeg de livechat toe aan een Odoo website" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Voeg de live chat toe aan een externe website" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Verberg / toon de live chat afhankelijk van regels" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Bereid automatische berichten voor" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Start de chat met klanten" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Gebruik commando's" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help**: toon een help bericht." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk**: maak een helpdesk ticket aan." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : zoek naar een helpdesk ticket." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history**: zie de 15 laatst bezochte pagina's." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead**: maak een nieuwe lead aan." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/leave**: verlaat het kanaal." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Verzend standaard antwoorden" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -"U heeft nu alle tools die u nodig heeft om te livechatten met uw website " -"bezoekers, veel plezier!" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index b547d9905..3a438b99b 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -3,20 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,11 +19,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Productie" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "Productie beheer" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" @@ -151,11 +144,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " "create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" @@ -163,64 +156,64 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" " same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " "*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " "each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " "series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" " times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" " when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " "dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " "the primary product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "" "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" " *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " "You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " @@ -250,10 +243,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -311,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Componenten" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -355,7 +348,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Kits en Componenten" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -544,7 +537,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "Hoe materiaallijsten (BoMs) beheren voor productvarianten?" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -552,9 +545,6 @@ msgid "" "same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" -"Odoo stelt u in staat om één materiaallijst te gebruiken voor meerdere " -"varianten van hetzelfde product. Schakel varianten in via: menuselectie " -"binnen Productie: Instellingen-> \"Instellingen\"." #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -628,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "Productieorder" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -750,153 +740,320 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " "components." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" msgstr "" @@ -924,7 +1081,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Demontageorders" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -967,8 +1124,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 @@ -979,10 +1136,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 @@ -1114,38 +1271,38 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "Producten herstellen" - #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Reparatie aanmaken" - #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -1153,13 +1310,13 @@ msgid "" " might need, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8916dc5e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,375 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index d88b32270..924c73b24 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -3,18 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Cas Vissers , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,11 +19,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Mobiel" +msgstr "" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Push notificatie" +msgstr "" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -38,6 +33,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62b48f27d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" +" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" +" level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +msgid "Organize your team by roles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" +" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " +"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 +msgid "Make shifts recurrent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " +"from the need of re-planning it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 +msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 +msgid "Save shifts as templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Shifts Templates --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 +msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " +"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " +"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " +"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " +"time, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" +" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " +"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " +"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " +"take it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 +msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index cfe52def2..52ab612e7 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -3,20 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,277 +19,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Barcodes gebruiken in de kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Barcodes toevoegen aan een product" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Producten scannen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "Mercury installeren" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Wissel van kassier zonder pincode" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Een ticket opnieuw afdrukken" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *Kassabon opnieuw afdrukken* knop." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Korting labels gebruiken met een barcode scanner" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -311,20 +42,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Barcode nomenclatuur" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -"Om korting labels te gebruiken moeten we de barcode nomenclaturen leren." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 msgid "" "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " "barcode:" msgstr "" -"Laten we zeggen dat u een korting wilt voor het product met de volgende " -"barcode:" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -341,11 +69,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "Scan de producten & labels" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "U moet eerst het gewenste product scannen (in ons geval een citroen)." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -353,9 +81,135 @@ msgid "" "finish the transaction." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Beheer een loyaliteitsprogramma" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -363,6 +217,19 @@ msgid "" "*Loyalty Program*." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " @@ -384,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "Gebruik het loyaliteitsprogramma in uw kassa interface" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -395,176 +262,83 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Manuele kortingen toepassen" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Een korting toepassen op een product" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "Van uw sessie interface gebruikt u de *Kort* knop." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Een globale korting toepassen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" -"Onder de *Prijzen* categorie vind u de *Algemene kortingen*. Selecteer deze." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u heeft geklikt kan u de gewenste korting ingeven (in percentage)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Maak een prijslijst" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Gebruik een prijslijst in de kassa interface" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Analyseer verkoop" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "Bekijk uw kassa statistieken" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Bekijk uw statistieken" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "U kan de statistiek weergaves bekijken door hier te klikken" - #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "Belgische fiscale data module" +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "De fiscale data module opzetten met de Odoo kassa" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -581,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "Vereiste hardware" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -590,10 +364,6 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " "Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" msgstr "" -"Een door de regering gecertificeerd `Fiscale data module " -"`_ per Kassa, ze zouden allemaal moeten werken, " -"maar de Cleancash SC-B is aanbevolen, u heeft ook het volgende nodig:" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -601,29 +371,24 @@ msgid "" "/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" "DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" msgstr "" -"Seriële nul modem kabel per FDM (`bijvoorbeeld " -"`__)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " "`__)" msgstr "" -"Serieel-naar-USB adaptor per FDM (`voorbeeld " -"`__)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "Een geregistreerde IoT box per kassa configuratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -637,7 +402,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -655,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "Certificering & on-premise" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -669,7 +434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "Restricties" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -677,26 +442,22 @@ msgid "" "adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " "POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." msgstr "" -"Zoals voordien vermeld moet de POS applicatie, om gecertificeerd te zijn, " -"voldoen aan strenge eisen van de staat. Hierdoor heeft een gecertificeerde " -"Odoo kassa limitaties die niet aanwezig zijn in niet gecertificeerde Odoo " -"kassa's." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "Terugbetalen is uitgeschakeld" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "Prijzen van orderlijnen wijzigen" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "Maken/wijzigen/verwijderen van kassa orders" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "Producten verkopen zonder een valide belasting" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" @@ -708,15 +469,175 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "Zwarte lijst modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "Registreer klanten" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -728,20 +649,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "Maak een klant aan" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "Vanuit uw sessie interface gebruikt u de klanten knop." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "Maak een nieuwe door deze knop te gebruiken." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "U wordt gevraagd om de klant zijn informatie in te vullen." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -749,174 +670,9 @@ msgid "" "any future transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Starten met de Odoo kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"U kan live statistieken uitvoeren en consolidaties doorheen uw winkel volgen" -" zonder het gedoe van het integreren van externe applicaties." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Installeer de kassa applicatie" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Ga naar Apps en installeer de Kassa module." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Configureer uw betaalmethodes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "Configureer uw kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Maak uw eerste kassa sessie" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Uw eerste order" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "U komt nu in de kassa interface." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "U kan de volgende orders registreren." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Sluit de kassa sessie af" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" -"Het is sterk aangeraden om uw kassa sessie af te sluiten aan het einde van " -"elke dag." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" -"U ziet vervolgens een samenvatting van alle transacties per betaalmethode." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "Het is klaar, u heeft nu uw eerste kassa sessie afgesloten." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "Betaalterminals" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" @@ -935,37 +691,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to `this documentation " -"`__." +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > " -"Point of Sale*. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your" -" payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:31 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:33 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the *PoS Menu* > settings " -"menu and enter the settings password." +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " @@ -973,29 +720,29 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" -"Go back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the " -"payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment " -"method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option Ingenico, and select" -" your payment terminal device." +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:62 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1004,104 +751,73 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:82 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:85 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to `this documentation " -"`__." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > Point of Sale*. Select" -" a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " -"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " -"SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select your payment " -"terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " @@ -1109,36 +825,19 @@ msgid "" "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" @@ -1163,10 +862,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 msgid "" -"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " -"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " -"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " -"credentials." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 @@ -1183,8 +882,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "Geavanceerde Restaurant opties" +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print the Bill" @@ -1224,6 +923,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "" @@ -1253,7 +1007,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "Voeg een printer toe" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1263,80 +1017,140 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "Print een keuken/bar order" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "Selecteer een printer of maak een printer aan." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "Print de order in de keuken/bar" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *order* knop." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "Registreer meerdere orders" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "Registreer een bijkomende order" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "Restaurant/bar kassa opzetten" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "Selecteer *Is een bar/restaurant*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 @@ -1376,69 +1190,6 @@ msgid "" "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "Configureer uw tafelbeheer" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Voeg een verdieping toe" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Voeg tafels toe" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "Vanuit uw kassa interface ziet u nu verdiepingen." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Registreer uw tafel orders" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "" @@ -1451,7 +1202,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "Configureer fooien" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1477,35 +1228,58 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Klanten overplaatsen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "Geavanceerde winkel opties" +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" @@ -1546,7 +1320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "Start een sessie" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1562,7 +1336,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "Een sessie afsluiten" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1583,6 +1357,72 @@ msgid "" "balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "" @@ -1630,7 +1470,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "Factureer uw klant" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1655,26 +1495,130 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index f8e52cc11..f3d5e4df5 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -3,19 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Thomas Pot , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Thomas Pot , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,36 +17,36 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Mijn Odoo portaal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 msgid "" "In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " "you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " "subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 msgid "" "To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo `__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +"`Odoo `_. If you are already logged in, just " +"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Offertes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " "quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " "your database or if your contract has to be renewed." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 msgid "" "The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " "valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " @@ -60,51 +54,51 @@ msgid "" "pricing and other useful information." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 msgid "" "If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " "quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" " for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Verkooporders" +msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 msgid "" "All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" " registered under this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 msgid "" "By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " "purchased and process the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Facturen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 msgid "" "All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " "this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" " been paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 msgid "" "Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " "invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Tickets" +msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 msgid "" "When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support `," " a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " @@ -112,50 +106,50 @@ msgid "" "IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Abonnementen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 msgid "" "You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " "page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 msgid "" "By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " "your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " "and the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 msgid "" "To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " "the new credit card details." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 msgid "" "If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " "clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" " \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 msgid "" "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" " or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " +"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " +"no longer be able to access the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "Success Packs" +msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 msgid "" "With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " "provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " @@ -163,10 +157,29 @@ msgid "" "hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 msgid "" "If you need information about how to manage your database see " ":ref:`db_online`" msgstr "" -"Als u informatie nodig hebt over het beheren van uw database, raadpleegt u " -":ref:`db_online`" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 +msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our " +"`Support Services `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 +msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information " +"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data " +"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po index eef21647f..dc26baa18 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -6,11 +6,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,4 +19,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../practical.rst:3 msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Praktische informatie" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index f6fcbf180..5fec97e4a 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -3,21 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Eric Geens , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Eric Geens , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Eric Geens , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,1933 +19,658 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project.rst:5 msgid "Project" -msgstr "Project" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Geavanceerd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "Hoe feedback verzamelen van klanten?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -"Als een manager is het niet altijd gemakkelijk om alles van uw teams op te " -"volgen. Een simpele klantenfeedback hebben kan zeer interessant zijn om de " -"prestaties van uw teams te beoordelen. U kan zeer gemakkelijk feedback van " -"uw klanten verzamelen met Odoo." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -"Een e-mail kan tijdens het project gestuurd worden om feedback van de klant " -"te krijgen. Hij heeft enkel te kiezen tussen 3 smileys om uw werk te " -"beoordelen (lachen, neutraal of sip)." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "Hoe feedback verzamelen van klanten" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Voordat u start is er wat configuratie vereist. Als eerste is het nodig om " -"de module **Project** te installeren. Om dit te doen gaat u simpelweg naar " -"de apps module en installeert u het." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -"In hetzelfde menu moet u de module **Projectbeoordeling** installeren." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -"Ga vervolgens in de back-end en open de project module. Selecteer de " -"**Configuratie** knop en klik op **Instellingen** in de dropdown menu. " -"Selecteer vervolgens **Sta activeren van klantenbeoordelingen op projecten " -"toe bij het voltooien van een issue**. Vergeet niet de wijzigingen toe te " -"passen." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "Hoe feedback van een klant krijgen?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" -"Een email kan verzonden worden naar de klanten in elke fase van de lopende " -"projecten." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "eerst moet u kiezen welke projecten u feedback wilt geven." - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "Project configuratie" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgid "Get reports" msgstr "" -"Ga naar de **Project** applicatie en selecteer de optie " -"**Klantentevredenheid** in de project instellingen." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "E-mailsjabloon" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -"Ga naar de fase instellingen (klik op het tandwiel icoon bovenaan de fase " -"kolom en selecteer vervolgens **Wijzigen**). Kies het e-mailsjabloon dat " -"gebruikt zal worden. U kan het direct van daaruit wijzigen." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "Hier is een e-mail voorbeeld dat een klant kan ontvangen:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -"De klant moet gewoon op een smiley klikken (lach, neutraal of sip) om aan uw" -" werk te kunnen. De klant kan reageren op de e-mail om meer informatie toe " -"te voegen. Het wordt op de chatter van de taak toegevoegd." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rapportages" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." msgstr "" -"U heeft een korte samenvatting van de tevredenheid in het rechterbovenhoek " -"van het project." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "Hoe de beoordelingen te tonen op uw website?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -"Als eerste is het nodig om de applicatie **Website Bouwer** te installeren. " -"Om dit te doen gaat u simpelweg naar de apps module en zoekt u naar de " -"website bouwer." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -"In hetzelfde menu moet u de module **Website beoordeling project issues** " -"installeren." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" -"Dan kan u uw resultaten publiceren op uw website door te klikken op de " -"website knop in de rechterbovenhoek en het te bevestigen in de voorkant van " -"de website." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "Hoe taken aanmaken vanuit verkooporders?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -"In deze sectie zien we de integratie tussen Odoo's **Projectbeheer** en " -"**Verkoop** modules en meer specifiek hoe u taken kan genereren vanuit " -"verkooporderlijnen." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" -"In projectbeheer is een taak een activiteit die voltooid moet worden binnen " -"een bepaalde tijd. Voor een bedrijf dat diensten verkoop stelt de taak " -"typisch de dienst voor die verkocht is aan de klant en die afgeleverd moet " -"worden. Dit is waarom het handig is om een taak te genereren vanuit een " -"verkooporder om het proces tussen de verkoop en diensten afdelingen te " -"stroomlijnen." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "If you choose to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -"Als een voorbeeld, u kan een pack van``50`` uren ondersteuning verkopen aan " -"``$25,000``. De prijs is vast en op voorhand aangerekend. Maar u wilt de " -"ondersteuningsdiensten opvolgen die gedaan zijn voor de klant. On het " -"verkooporder zal de dienst de creatie van een taak doen afgaan vanwaar de " -"consultant zijn urenstaten kan boeken en, indien nodig, de cliënt kan her-" -"factureren als er overwerk is op het project. " -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "Installeer de vereiste applicaties" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -"Om een taak te kunnen genereren vanuit een verkooporder moet u de modules " -"**Verkoopbeheer** en **Project** installeren. Ga simpelweg naar de " -"applicatie module en installeer het volgende:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "Maak en configureer een product" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -"U moet de dienst configureren op het product zelf om elke keer een taak aan " -"te maken wanneer het product wordt verkocht. Vanuit de **Verkoop** module " -"gebruikt u het menu :menuselection:`Verkoop --> Producten` en maakt u een " -"nieuw product met de volgende opzet:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "**Naam*: Technische Ondersteuning" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "**Productsoort**: Dienst" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -"**Maateenheid**: Uren (ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> " -"Instellingen` en onder **Maateenheden** vinkt u de optie **Sommige producten" -" mogen verkocht/gekocht worden in verschillende maateenheden (geavanceerd)**" -" aan)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -"**Facturatiebeleid**: U kan uw facturatiebeleid opstellen op de bestelde " -"hoeveelheid of op de geleverde hoeveelheid. U kan gemakkelijk het aantal " -"geleverde of gefactureerde uren aan uw klant volgen." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -"**Traceer dienst**: Maak een taak en traceer uren, omdat uw product een " -"factureerbare dienst per uur is moet u de maateenheid van het product ook op" -" uren zetten." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -"Koppel uw taak aan een bestaand project of maak een nieuw aan als het " -"product specifiek gerelateerd is aan één project. Anders kan u het blanco " -"laten, Odoo maakt vervolgens een project aan per SO." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "Maak de verkooporder" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal het product is opgezet kan u een offerte of verkooporder aanmaken " -"van het gerelateerde product. Eenmaal de offerte bevestigd is en omgevormd " -"is tot een verkooporder zal de taak aangemaakt worden." - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "Toegang tot de taken gegenereerd van de verkooporder" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "In de Project module zal uw nieuwe taak verschijnen:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" -"of op een gerelateerd project indien u één heeft aangeduid in het " -"productformulier" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" -"of op een nieuw project met de naam of de gerelateerde verkooporder als " -"titel (u kan gemakkelijk de naam van het project wijzigen door te klikken op" -" :menuselection:`Meer --> Instellingen`)" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" -"Op de taak zelf kan u nu urenstaten inboeken en factureren naar uw klanten " -"gebaseerd op uw facturatiebeleid." - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" -"In Odoo is het centrale document het verkooporder, wat betekend dat het " -"brondocument van de taak de gerelateerde verkooporder is." - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "Awesome Timesheet App" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "Demonstratie video" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcriptie" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." msgstr "" -"Awesome Timesheets is een mobiele app die u helpt met het onmiddellijk " -"bewaren van gespendeerde tijd op projecten in slechts een klik. Het kost zo " -"weinig moeite." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" -"Onafhankelijk van het toestel is de urenstaten app maar één klik weg. Kijk " -"naar de chrome plugin. Geen nood om aan te melden, gewoon klikken en " -"starten. Het is soepel. Het werkt ook offline en synchroniseert automatisch " -"met mijn Odoo account." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" -"Plus ik krijg individuele statistieken via de GSM en chrome plugin. Ik kan " -"verder gaan in de analyse van mijn Odoo account. Ik ontvang rapporten van " -"urenstaten per gebruiker, per project en nog veel meer." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" -"Awesome Timesheet is volledig geïntegreerd met Odoo facturatie, de klant " -"facturatie is volledig automatisch. Maar ook met Odoo projecten. Het is " -"tijdsbesparend!" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "Download nu awesome timesheet en win aan productiviteit." - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "Configuratie en basisgebruik" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "Hoe samenwerken aan taken en ze beheren?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Verantwoordelijkheden" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" -"In Odoo kan u de persoon toewijzen die verantwoordelijk is voor de taak." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een taak aanmaakt, wordt u standaard verantwoordelijk voor de " -"uitvoering ervan. U kan dit eenvoudig wijzigen door de naam van een andere " -"gebruiker in te typen, en hem vervolgens uit het drop-downmenu te " -"selecteren." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" -"Als u een nieuwe medewerker wil toevoegen (die nog niet in het systeem " -"gekend is), dan kan u onmiddellijk een nieuwe gebruiker aanmaken door " -"\"Aanmaken en Wijzigen\" uit het menu te kiezen. U hebt hiervoor echter wel " -"beheersrechten nodig." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Volgers" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Bij een taak kan u andere medewerkers als **Volgers** toevoegen. Die " -"medewerker wordt dan verwittigd bij elke wijziging die zich bij die taak " -"voordoet. De bedoeling hiervan is om via de chatter ook medewerking van " -"anderen toe te laten. Wanneer je bijvoorbeeld advies nodig hebt van een " -"collega van een andere afdeling, is dit best handig en efficiënt. U kunt " -"zelfs klanten toelaten om mee in gesprek te gaan. Zij zullen per e-mail " -"verwittigd worden over de wijzigingen in de taak, en kunnen deelnemen door " -"simpelweg op het e-mailbericht te antwoorden. Volgers kunnen een taak " -"volledig zien zoals uzelf, inclusief de omschrijving en de chatter." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "Project: volg een project om de pijplijn te volgen" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" -"U kunt ervoor kiezen om een project te volgen. U wordt dan verwittigd bij " -"elke wijziging in het project: taken die van fase veranderen, gesprekken die" -" plaatsvinden, enz. U ontvangt al deze informatie in uw inbox. Een project " -"volgen kan heel nuttig zijn voor een projectmanager die ten allen tijde het " -"overzicht wil behouden over zijn projecten." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "Taak: volg een specifieke taak" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Een taak volgen is vrijwel hetzelfde als een project volgen, alleen bent u " -"slechts geïnteresseerd in een deel van het project. Alle notificaties van " -"wijzigingen in de taak verschijnen dan ook in uw inbox." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "Kies voor welke actie te volgen" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" -"U kan kiezen wat u volgt door op het naar beneden pijltje te kikken in de " -"Volgen knop." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "Tijdsbeheer: analytische rekeningen" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" -"De Odoo urenstaten app is perfect geïntegreerd met Odoo projecten en kan " -"helpen met het gemakkelijk opvolgen van urenstaten." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal Odoo Urenstaten geïnstalleerd is de urenstaten functionaliteit " -"automatisch beschikbaar in de projecten en op de taken." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "Registreer een urenstaat op een project:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "Klik op de instellingen van een project." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "Klik op de Urenstaten knop in het bovenste grijze menu." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" -"Indien u nu naar Odoo Urenstaten gaat wordt uw lijn geregistreerd samen met " -"uw andere urenstaten." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "Registreer een urenstaat op een taak:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "Binnen een taak is de urenstaten optie ook beschikbaar." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" -"Klik in de taak op de wijzig knop. Ga naar het Urenstaten tabblad en klik op" -" item toevoegen." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" -"Een lijn verschijnt met de naam van het project al geselecteerd in de " -"analytische rekening." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" -"Nogmaals, u vind deze urenstaatlijnen terug in de Odoo Urenstaten " -"applicatie." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" -"Aan het einde van uw project krijgt u echt een idee van het gespendeerde " -"tijd door te zoeken op de analytische rekening van uw project." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "Documentbeheer in taken" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" -"1. U kan een afbeelding/document toevoegen aan uw taak door te klikken op " -"het Bijlagen tabblad aan de bovenkant van het formulier." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" -"Indien u een belangrijke afbeelding heeft die u helpt de taken te begrijpen " -"kan u deze als omslagfoto instellen. De afbeelding zal direct in de Kanban " -"weergave getoond worden." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "Werk samen aan taken" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "Maak een taak aan vanuit een e-mail" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" -"Met Odoo online is de e-mail gateway al geconfigureerd waardoor elk project " -"automatisch een e-mailadres krijgt." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" -"De e-mail is altijd hetzelfde als de naam van het project (met \"-\" in " -"plaats van de spatie), u zal het zien onder de naam van uw project in het " -"project dashboard." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" -"Het standaard aangemaakte e-mailadres volgt de projectnaam maar kan " -"gewijzigd worden." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" -"De alias van het e-mailadres kan gewijzigd worden door de projectleider." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" -"Om dit te doen gaat u naar de projectinstellingen en klikt u op het E-mail " -"tabblad." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "U kan direct uw project e-mailadres wijzigen." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "De chatter, status en opvolging." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" -"De chatter is een zeer handige tool. Het is een communicatie tool en toont " -"de geschiedenis van de taak." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "De omschrijving van de taak, het Pad" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" -"Om deze optie te activeren gaat u naar :menuselection:`Project Instellingen " -"--> Paden` en vinkt u de optie \"Samenwerkende rijke tekst op taak " -"omschrijving\" aan." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "Taak fases" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "Stel de fase van een taak in" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "Aangepaste fases" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "Nu wordt de uitleg getoond in plaats van de generieke tekst:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "Kleur labels" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" -"Om het te doen verschijnen in de kanban weergave moet u een kleur instellen " -"op de tag, direct vanuit de taak:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "Hoe een project op te zetten en te configureren?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" -"Odoo Projecten staat u toe om samen met uw hele team een project te beheren " -"en om te communiceren met andere leden van elk project en elke taak." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "De project module installeren" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" -"Open de **Apps** module, zoek voor **Projectbeheer** en klik op " -"**Installeren**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "Een nieuw project aanmaken" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "" -"Open de **Project** applicatie en klik op **Aanmaken**. Vanuit dit venster " -"kan u de naam van het project opgeven en de zichtbaarheid instellen." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "De privé instellingen werken als volgt:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" -"**Klant Project**: zichtbaar in het portaal als de klant een volger is." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "**Alle Werknemers**: werknemers zien alle taken of issues." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "**Privé project**; volgers zien enkel de gevolgde taken of issues" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" -"U kan ook opgeven of het project voor een klant is of laat het veld " -"**Klant** leeg indien dit niet zo is." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u alle vereiste gegevens heeft ingevuld klikt u op **Opslaan**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "Beheer uw project fases" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "Voeg uw projectfases toe" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "Op ons projecten dashboard. Klik op **# Taken**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" -"Voeg in het nieuwe venster een nieuwe kolom toe en geeft het een naam die " -"overeenkomst met de eerste fase van uw project, voeg vervolgens zoveel " -"kolommen nodig als dat er fases in uw project zijn." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" -"Voor elke fase zijn er markeringen voor de status van taken binnen een fase," -" die u kan aanpassen naar uw persoonlijke noden." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" -"Sleep uw muis over een fasenaam en klik op de drager die verschijnt en open " -"het menu door te klikken op **Wijzigen**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" -"Een nieuw venster opent zich. De kleur bolletjes en ster iconen komen " -"overeen met de personaliseerbare markeringen toegepast op taken, wat het " -"gemakkelijker maakt om te weten welke taken uw aandacht vereisen. U kan ze " -"eender welke betekenis geven die u wilt." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "Klik op **Opslaan** wanneer u klaar bent." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "Fases herschikken" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" -"U kan gemakkelijk uw project personaliseren zodat het beter past bij uw " -"zakelijke vereisten door nieuwe kolommen aan te maken. Vanuit de Kanban " -"weergave van uw project kan u fases toevoegen door te klikken op **Nieuwe " -"kolom toevoegen**. Indien u de volgorde van de fases opnieuw wilt ordenen " -"kan u dit gemakkelijk doen door de kolom die u naar de gewenste locatie wilt" -" plaatsen te drag en droppen. U kan ook de fases inklappen of uitvouwen door" -" het **Instellingen** icoon te gebruiken bij uw gewenste fase." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "Hoe gespendeerde tijd bijhouden?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo staat u toe om de tijd bij te houden die gebruikt is per werknemer en " -"per project, voor simpele rapporten alsook voor directe facturatie aan de " -"klant." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" -"Om de gespendeerde tijd bij te houden op projecten moet u eerst de " -"facturatie van urenstaten activeren. Open :menuselection:`Configuratie --> " -"Instellingen` in de **Project** module. In de **Urenstaten** sectie van de " -"pagina vinkt u de optie **Activeer urenstaten op issues** aan." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" -"De optie activeren installeert de modules Verkoop, Facturatie, Issue beheer," -" Werknemers en Urenstaten." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "Urenstaten registreren" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" -"U kan de tijd gespendeerd op projecten direct bijhouden vanuit de project " -"applicatie. U kan urenstaten bijhouden op een project of op een taak." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "Registreren in een project" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" -"in het **Project** applicatie dashboard opent u het **Meer** menu van het " -"project waarop u urenstaten wilt registreren en klikt u op **Urenstaten**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Klik op **Aanmaken** in het nieuwe scherm en geef de vereiste gegevens in, " -"klik vervolgens op **Opslaan**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "Registreren in een taak" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" -"Open het project waar u urenstaat op wilt registeren door de **Project** app" -" te openen en open vervolgens de taken waar u op gewerkt heeft." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"In de taak klik op **Wijzigen**, open het **Urenstaten** tabblad en klik op " -"**Item toevoegen**. Geef de vereiste details in en klik vervolgens op " -"**Opslaan**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "Visualiseer een project zijn taken" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "Maak een taak" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer een bestand project of maak een nieuw project aan terwijl je in de" -" project app bent." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "Maak een nieuwe taak aan in het project." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "Bekijk uw taken met de Kanban weergave" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u meerdere taken heeft aangemaakt kunnen ze beheerd en opgevolgd " -"worden dankzij de Kanban weergave." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"De Kanban weergave is een post-it like weergave, opgesplitst in " -"verschillende fases. Het staat u toe om een duidelijke weergave van de fases" -" van uw taken te hebben en welke een hogere prioriteit hebben." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" -"De Kanban weergave is de standaardweergave wanneer u projecten bekijkt, maar" -" als u in een andere weergave bent, kan u teruggaat door te klikken op het " -"Kanban weergave logo in de rechterbovenhoek" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "Sorteer taken in uw Kanban weergave" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Taken die voorbij de deadline zijn worden in het rood getoond in de Kanban " -"weergave." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Beheer deadlines met de Kalender weergave" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" -"U kan gemakkelijk de deadline wijzigen vanuit de Kalender weergave door te " -"taak te drag en droppen naar een andere datum." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo project" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" -"Als bedrijfsmanager heb ik een gevarieerde job waar meerdere belanghebbenden" -" bij betrokken zijn. Om elke taak naadloos te beheren is Odoo projecten een " -"grote hulp." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" -"Met Odoo projecten kunnen onze teamleden gemakkelijk de lancering van een " -"nieuw product in Canada plannen en uitvoeren. Ik organiseer dit project door" -" verschillende fases aan te maken. Het staat ons toe duidelijk de status van" -" elke taak op elk moment te zien, en dit voor elke gebruiker. Het is voor " -"elke andere projectleider ook handig." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" -"Deze goed gestructureerde projectfases zijn volledig personaliseerbaar. Ik " -"vind een missende fase en kan deze gemakkelijk in een klik toevoegen. In ons" -" projectbeheerproces ga ik verder naar een finale controle dus voeg ik deze " -"fase toe. Odoo projecten is ontworpen om voor eender welk soort bedrijf te " -"werken." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal een taak klaar is kan elke collega ze markeren door de status te " -"wijzigen. Dit helpt de projectbeheerder om taken te controleren voor de fase" -" te wijzigen met een simpele drag en drop. Gemakkelijk, toch?" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"We kunnen ook de verschillende taken organiseren door de weergave te " -"wijzigen. Hier selecteer ik de lijstweergave, welke andere informatie toont " -"zoals de werktijd voortgang. Indien ik op mijn taak klik land ik op de " -"formulierweergave waar ik de geplande uren kan wijzigen en mijn urenstaten " -"kan ingeven. Dit is een geweldige tool voor elke projectbeheerder. De " -"werktijd voortgang te beheren en controleren is cruciaal. Ik zet de tijd " -"voor elk trainingsteam naar 24 uren. Vandaag heb ik het materiaal voorbereid" -" dus boek ik 4u in op de urenstaten. De werktijd voortgang wordt automatisch" -" geüpdatet. Dankzij urenstaten integratie kan de projectbeheerder een " -"grondige opvolging doen van de voortgang van elke taak." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" -"Nog een geweldige optie in Odoo projecten is de voorspelling tool. Wanneer " -"deze geactiveerd is kan ik resources en de werklading beheren per project. " -"Daarom is het toewijzen van tijden aan andere projecten een stuk " -"gemakkelijker. Voor dit project moet ik leden van het projectteam opleiden. " -"Het vraagt 50% van mijn tijd tegen het einde van deze week. Als " -"projectbeheerder kan ik deze resource toewijzing doen voor elke gebruiker en" -" deze wijzigen afhankelijk van hun andere projecten. Dit voorkomt de " -"overlapping van tijd. Ik kan taken aan anderen toewijzen of de deadline " -"wijzigen. Odoo projecten is de perfecte app voor strategische en uitvoerende" -" planning." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" -"Plus, elk aspect van elk project kan geanalyseerd worden, dankzij de " -"rapporten. Bijvoorbeeld, we kunnen een rapport hebben van effectief " -"gespendeerde uren in vergelijking met de geplande uren. Ik kan de " -"winstgevendheid van elk project, elke taak of elk teamlid bekijken. Ik kan " -"ook het aantal uren toegewezen aan elk teamlid zien." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" -"Een ander element van geweldig projectbeheer is communicatie. Dit is een " -"sleutelfactor voor het succes van elk project. Terwijl u overweg moet met " -"meerdere belanghebbenden is het handig om documenten rechtstreeks op de taak" -" te kunnen delen. Met Odoo projecten kan ik discussiëren via de chat optie " -"die altijd slechts één klik weg is. Ik kan ook een nieuwe conversatie " -"starten met eender wie van mijn team." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Als aanvulling buiten dat de app krachtig is voor het beheren van projecten " -"is Odoo projecten ook een effectieve klantendiensten of na-verkoop app. U " -"kan hiermee klanten hun problemen opvolgen en zelfs een toegewijd " -"ondersteuning project aanmaken. De app maakt ook automatisch een factuur van" -" de gespendeerde tijd op taken of problemen." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" -"Odoo projecten is een krachtige en simpel te gebruiken app. Eerst gebruikte " -"ik de planner om duidelijk mijn doelstellingen op te lijsten en de project " -"app op te zetten. Krijg deze app, het helpt u om ook snel te starten." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "Start nu uw gratis trial en beheer uw projecten beter met Odoo!" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "Start nu uw gratis trial met de CRM waar verkopers van houden" #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "Uw project plannen" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "Hoe werknemers hun taken opvolgen en plannen?" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgid "Planning" msgstr "" -"Het opvolgen en inplannen van uw werknemers hun taken kan een zware taak " -"zijn, vooral wanneer u veel mensen moet beheren. Gelukkig kan u dit " -"afhandelen in een paar klikken met Odoo Project." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" -"De enige vereiste configuratie is om de module **Projectbeheer** te " -"installeren. Om dit te doen gaat u naar de applicatie module, zoekt u voor " -"project en installeert u de module." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" -"Indien u tijdsinschattingen wilt beheren moet u urenstaten inschakelen voor " -"taken. Ga vanuit de **Project** applicatie naar " -":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` in de dropdown menu. " -"Vervolgens, onder **Tijd werk inschattingen** selecteert u de **beheer " -"tijdsinschattingen op taken** optie in. Vergeet deze wijzigingen niet toe te" -" passen." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" -"Deze optie maakt een voortgangsbalk in de formulierweergave van al uw taken." -" Elke keer uw verkoper werktijd toevoegen op zijn urenstaten zal de balk " -"hiernaar aangepast worden, gebaseerd op de initieel geplande uren." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "Beheer taken met weergaven" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" -"U kan een overzicht van uw verschillende taken hebben dankzij de " -"verschillende weergaven die beschikbaar zijn in Odoo. De drie hoofdweergaven" -" helpen u bij het plannen en opvolgen van uw werknemers hun taken: de kanban" -" weergave, de lijstweergave (die urenstaten gebruikt) en de " -"kalenderweergave." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" -"Maak en wijzig taken om uw pijplijn op te vullen. Vergeet geen " -"verantwoordelijke persoon en verwachte tijd in te vullen, indien u deze " -"heeft." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "Krijg een overzicht van de activiteiten met de Kanban weergave" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"De Kanban weergave is een post-it like weergave, opgesplitst in " -"verschillende fases. Het staat u toe om een duidelijke weergave van de fases" -" van uw taken te hebben en diegene met hogere prioriteiten." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "Voeg/rangschik fases" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" -"U kan gemakkelijk uw project personaliseren zodat het past bij uw zakelijke " -"vereisten door nieuwe kolommen aan te maken. Vanuit de Kanban weergave van " -"uw project kan u fases toevoegen door te klikken op **Nieuwe kolom " -"toevoegen** (zie onderstaande afbeeldingen). Indien u de volgorde van de " -"fases opnieuw wilt ordenen kan u dit gemakkelijk doen door de kolom die u " -"naar de gewenste locatie wilt plaatsen te drag en droppen. U kan ook de " -"fases inklappen of uitvouwen door het **Instellingen** icoon te gebruiken " -"bij uw gewenste fase." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"Maak een kolom per fase in je werkproces. Bijvoorbeeld: in een ontwikkel " -"project kunnen fases bijvoorbeeld zijn: Specificatie, Ontwikkeling, Test, " -"Gereed." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "Sorteer taken op prioriteit" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" -"Op elke kolom heeft u de mogelijkheid om uw taken te sorteren op prioriteit." -" Taken met een hogere prioriteit worden automatisch naar de bovenkant van de" -" kolom geduwd. Klik op de ster in de linkerbovenhoek van de Kanban weergave " -"van een taak om het een **Hoge prioriteit** toe te wijzen. Voor de taken die" -" niet getagd zijn zal Odoo ze automatisch classificeren afhankelijk van hun " -"deadline. " - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat datums die gepasseerd zijn in het rood verschijnen (ook in de " -"lijstweergave) zodat u gemakkelijk de voortgang kan opvolgen van " -"verschillende taken." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "Vergeet niet dat u uw taken kan filteren met het filter menu." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "Volg de voortgang van elke taak met de lijstweergave" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" -"Indien u de optie **Beheer tijdinschattingen op taken** inschakelt zullen uw" -" werknemers hun werkactiviteiten kunnen bijhouden op taken onder de " -"**Urenstaten** sub-menu. De **Werktijd voortgangsbalk** wordt geüpdatet elke" -" keer als een werknemer een activiteit toevoegt." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" -"Als beheerder kan u gemakkelijk de gespendeerde tijd van alle taken over " -"alle werknemers zien door de lijstweergave te gebruiken. Om dit te doen " -"opent u het project van uw keuze en klikt u op het lijstweergave icoon (zie " -"hieronder). De laatste kolom toont u de voortgang van elke taak." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Hou een oog op de deadlines met de Kalender weergave" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een deadline toevoegt op uw taak zal deze verschijnen in de " -"kalender weergave. Dit geeft u als manager de mogelijkheid om alle deadlines" -" in het oog te houden in één scherm." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" -"Alle taken zijn gelabeld met een kleur die overeenkomt met de werknemer die " -"is toegewezen aan de taak. U kan gemakkelijk de deadlines filteren op " -"werknemer door de gerelateerde vinkjes aan te vinken aan de rechterkant van " -"het kalender scherm." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "Hoe prognoses op taken doen?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "Introductie tot forecasting" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" -"Tot hiertoe heb je met de Kanban weergave gewerkt, welke de voortgang van " -"een project en de gerelateerde taken toont." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" -"Deze optie is een echt voordeel voor het plannen en organiseren van de " -"werklading en beheer van uw mensen." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "Hoe projecten te configureren?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "Configureer de project applicatie" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -"U moet eerst de **Voorspellingen** optie activeren voor de hele project " -"applicatie:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." msgstr "" -"Ga naar :menuselection:`Project --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`. " -"Selecteer de Forecast optie en klik op **Toepassen**." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "Configureer een specifiek project." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." msgstr "" -"Zorg ervoor dat u de optie \"Voorspelling toestaan\" aanvinkt in de " -"projectinstellingen wanneer u een nieuw project aanmaakt." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "U zal de **Forecast** optie zien verschijnen in de bovenste menu." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "De taken van een project zijn niet gerelateerd aan een voorspelling." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "Hoe een prognose aanmaken?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "Wat zijn de verschillen tussen de weergaven?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "Op gebruikers: personenbeheer" +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." msgstr "" -"Elke taak wordt voorgesteld door een gekleurde driehoek. Deze driehoek " -"reflecteert de duur van de taak in de kalender." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "Plan de werklading" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "Voordelen van de Gantt weergave" +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "De dynamische weergave van de Gantt in Odoo staat u toe om:" +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." msgstr "" -"wijzig de datum en tijd van een voorspelling door te klikken en de taken in " -"de toekomst of in het verleden te plaatsen." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "Maak direct een voorspelling in de Gantt grafiek" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "wijzig een bestaande prognose" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" -"wijzig de lengte van een taak door de rechthoek uit te breiden of in te " -"korten." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "Op projecten: projectbeheer" +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" -"Deze optie toont de Gantt weergave door de projecten van het eerste niveau " -"van de hierarchie te tonen." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Deze weergave toont niet uw HR tijd. De kleuren zijn niet van toepassing. " -"(zie **Op gebruikers** sectie)" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index f221e251c..27d27d826 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -3,22 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Eric Geens , 2019 -# Eric Geens , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,15 +19,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase.rst:5 msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Inkoop" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Inkoop" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Stamgegevens" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 msgid "Import vendors pricelists" @@ -62,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -94,8 +85,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Template download " -"`__" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 @@ -129,9 +120,6 @@ msgid "" "Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " "will automatically link the contact and price with the product." msgstr "" -"Merk op dat elke keer als een product gekocht wordt van een nieuwe " -"leverancier zal Odoo automatisch het contact en de prijs linken met het " -"product." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" @@ -162,15 +150,10 @@ msgid "" " measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " "between sales and purchase very easily." msgstr "" -"Het is niet ongebruikelijk dat uw leverancier een andere maateenheid " -"gebruikt dan u dat doet in uw verkoop. Dit kan verwarring in de hand werken " -"tussen aankopers en verkopers, en het kan heel wat tijd in beslag nemen om " -"de verschillende maateenheden om te rekenen. Gelukkig kunt u met Odoo " -"gemakkelijk omgaan met verschillende maateenheden bij inkoop en verkoop. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "Laten we de volgende voorbeelden nemen:" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -188,27 +171,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "Installeer de inkoop en verkoop modules" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 msgid "" "The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " "correctly installed." msgstr "" -"De eerste stap is om er zeker van te zijn dat de apps **Verkoop** en " -"**Inkoop** correct geïnstalleerd zijn." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "|uom01|" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "|uom02|" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "Activeer de maateenheid optie" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -219,11 +200,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "Specificeer verkopen en inkopen hun maateenheden " +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "Standaard maateenheden" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -238,24 +219,18 @@ msgid "" "It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " "standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om uw eigen categorie en maateenheid aan te maken indien " -"deze niet standaard bestaat in Odoo (zie het volgende hoofdstuk)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 msgid "" "Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " "customers in **Liters**." msgstr "" -"Laten we aannemen dat we water kopen van de leverancier in **Gallon** en het" -" verkopen aan onze klanten in **Liters**. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 msgid "" "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Products`." msgstr "" -"We gaan in de inkoop module, selecteer :menuselection:`Inkoop --> " -"Producten`." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -264,22 +239,16 @@ msgid "" " be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " "purchase)." msgstr "" -"Maak uw eigen product aan of selecteer een bestaand product. In de algemene " -"informatie van de producten heeft u de mogelijkheid om de **Maateenheid** in" -" te geven (wordt gebruikt in verkopen, magazijn, ...) en de **Aankoop " -"maateenheid** (voor inkopen)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 msgid "" "In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " "**Purchase Unit of Measure**." msgstr "" -"In dit geval selecteert u **Liters** als **Maateenheid** en **Gallons** als " -"**Aankoop maateenheid**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "Maak uw eigen maateenheid aan en een maateenheid categorie" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -309,8 +278,6 @@ msgid "" "Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " "**Inter-Category-Computation**." msgstr "" -"Maak een nieuwe maateenheid aan. In dit geval zal onze categorie **Inter-" -"categorie-Berekening** noemen." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -322,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "Maak twee nieuwe eenheden aan:" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -346,8 +313,6 @@ msgid "" "It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " "**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om **vierkante meters** in te geven als maateenheid en " -"een *Rol* als aankoopeenheid in het productformulier." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" @@ -367,7 +332,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" @@ -416,25 +381,22 @@ msgid "" "useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " "track and analyze your vendor's performance :" msgstr "" -"Als uw bedrijf regelmatig producten koopt van verschillende leveranciers is " -"het handig om statistieken te krijgen van uw inkopen. Er zijn verschillende " -"redenen om leveranciers hun prestaties te traceren en analyseren:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "U kan zien hoe afhankelijk uw bedrijf van een leverancier is;" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "U kan onderhandelen over kortingen op prijzen;" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "U kan de gemiddelde levertijd per leverancier controleren;" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -447,19 +409,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "Installeer de Inkoopbeheer module" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 msgid "" "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " "module." msgstr "" -"Vanuit het **Apps** menu zoekt u de module **Inkoopbeheer** en installeert u" -" deze." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "Plaats enkele bestellingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -469,11 +429,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "Analyseer uw leveranciers" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "Genereer flexibele rapporten" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -508,12 +468,10 @@ msgid "" "On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " "dependent and one independent measure." msgstr "" -"In tegenstelling tot de draaitabel, kan een grafiek alleen worden berekend " -"met één afhankelijke en één onafhankelijke meetwaarde." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "Personaliseer rapporten" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -533,10 +491,6 @@ msgid "" "from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " "saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." msgstr "" -"U kan eender welke gepersonaliseerde filter opslaan en hergebruiken door te " -"klikken op **Favorieten** vanuit het **Geavanceerd zoeken scherm** en " -"vervolgens te klikken op **Bewaar huidige zoekopdracht**. De bewaarde filter" -" is dan toegankelijk vanuit het **Favorieten** menu." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" @@ -580,12 +534,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." msgstr "" -"Eenmaal goedgekeurd staat het inkooporder het volgen van het normale proces " -"toe." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "Factuurcontrole" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -657,7 +609,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -668,11 +620,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "Annuleer uw inkooporder" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "Use case 1: u heeft uw goederen nog niet ontvangen" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -688,15 +640,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "Usecase 2: Deels geleverde goederen" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 msgid "" "In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " "cancel the PO." msgstr "" -"In dit geval zijn **2** van de **3 iPad Mini's** gearriveerd voordat u de PO" -" moest annuleren." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" @@ -712,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "Zie :doc:`reception` om meer te leren" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -756,11 +706,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" @@ -777,7 +727,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "Maak een offerteaanvraag" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -792,109 +742,7 @@ msgid "" "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Ontvangst" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Ontvangsten" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Leverancier" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" -"U kunt een leverancier, een contactpersoon, vinden op naam, BTW, e-mail of " -"interne referentie." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Leveranciersreferentie" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Referentie van de verkooporder of bieding van uw leverancier. Het is bedoeld" -" om de koppeling te doen tussen ontvangen producten omdat deze referentie " -"meestal geschreven is op de pakbon verzonden door uw leverancier." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Orderdatum" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"Geeft de datum aan waarop de offerte bevestigd en geconverteerd moet worden " -"in een inkooporder." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Brondocument" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Referentie van het document dat deze inkoopaanvraag heeft gegenereerd (bijv." -" een verkooporder)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Leveren aan" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Dit bepaald de verwerkingswijze van de ontvangst" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Dropship afleveradres" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Geef een adres in, indien u direct vanaf de leverancier wilt leveren aan de " -"klant. Laat leeg om te leveren aan uw eigen bedrijf." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Bestemmingslocatie soort" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" -"Technisch veld welke wordt gebruikt om het dropshipment adres weer te geven." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Leveringscondities" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"International Commercial Terms (INCOTERMS) zijn een set van " -"voorgedefinieerde commerciële voorwaarden, welke worden gebruikt bij " -"internationaal transport." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -906,28 +754,26 @@ msgid "" "supplier or enter a new one)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." msgstr "" -"Na te hebben geklikt op **Verzenden** zal u zien dat de offerteaanvraag " -"status van **Concept** naar **Offerteaanvraag verzonden**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." @@ -1043,7 +889,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "Installeer de Inkoop en Magazijn applicaties" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1054,7 +900,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 msgid "Create products" -msgstr "Maak producten" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1066,7 +912,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u het product aanmaakt is het veld **Productsoort** belangrijk:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1089,11 +934,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "Controleer producten ontvangsten" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "Producten aankopen" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1106,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "Producten ontvangen" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1121,8 +966,6 @@ msgid "" "Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " "warehouse." msgstr "" -"Klik op deze knop en u krijgt een lijst van alle wachtende orders voor dit " -"magazijn." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -1163,7 +1006,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" @@ -1226,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Inkoopovereenkomsten" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" @@ -1379,11 +1222,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Heraanvulling" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "Heraanvulling flows" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" @@ -1407,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "Levertermijn van leverancier" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1424,7 +1267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Levertijd aan klant" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1531,7 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1705,7 +1548,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Problemen oplossen" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1719,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "Meerdere bedrijven" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" @@ -1744,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "Het is ook mogelijk om enkel facturen en creditnota's af te handelen." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 msgid "Manage intercompany rules" @@ -1758,11 +1601,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Klik op **Toepassen**." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "Nieuwe opties zullen verschijnen." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index 0d63ad3dd..2391c06f4 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -3,19 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,11 +19,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality.rst:5 msgid "Quality" -msgstr "Kwaliteit" +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 msgid "Alert" -msgstr "Waarschuwing" +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" @@ -126,7 +120,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 msgid "Checks" -msgstr "Cheques" +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" @@ -160,9 +154,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" -" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " -"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 @@ -193,9 +188,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" -" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " -"the quality check should be performed." +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 @@ -226,9 +221,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 msgid "" "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " -"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " -"to select a transfer operation type." +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 @@ -265,152 +260,202 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control.rst:3 msgid "Control" -msgstr "Controle" +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 msgid "Define Quality Control Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "Kwaliteit controlepunten" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " -"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " -"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " -"place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Tekst" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Neem een foto" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +msgid "Take a Picture" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 +msgid "" +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "Print label" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 +msgid "" +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 5a3f5e1e2..80c76d812 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -3,23 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Pol Van Dingenen , 2019 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019 -# Vincent van Reenen , 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,50 +19,43 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales.rst:5 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Verkoop" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" -msgstr "Hoe geef ik portaal toegangsrechten aan mijn klanten?" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" -msgstr "Wat is portaal toegang/wie is een portaal gebruiker?" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." msgstr "" -"Portaaltoegang wordt gegeven aan een gebruiker die toegang nodig heeft tot " -"de Odoo instantie, om bepaalde documenten of informatie in het systeem te " -"kunnen bekijken." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" -"Bijvoorbeeld een lange termijn klant die zijn offertes online moet kunnen " -"zien" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." msgstr "" -"Een portaalgebruiker heeft alleen lees / kijkrechten. Hij of zij kan geen " -"document wijzigen in het systeem." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" -msgstr "Hoe geef ik portaal toegang aan mijn gebruikers" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" -msgstr "Vanuit de contact module" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -80,23 +63,16 @@ msgid "" "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." msgstr "" -"Selecteer het **Contacten** menu vanuit het hoofdmenu. Indien de " -"contactpersoon nog niet is aangemaakt klikt u op de knop aanmaken om een " -"nieuw contact aan te maken. Geef de contactgegevens in en klik op " -"\"opslaan\"." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "" -"Kies een contact, klik op het **Actie** menu bovenaan in het midden van de " -"interface vanuit de dropdown." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" -"Selecteer **portaal toegang beheer**. Een pop up scherm zal verschijnen" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -104,98 +80,846 @@ msgid "" "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." msgstr "" -"Vul de login **email ID** in, vink het selectierondje aan onder **In het " -"portaal** en voeg de inhoud toe die in de email toegevoegd moet worden in de" -" tekstcontainer onderaan. Druk op **Opslaan** wanneer je klaar bent." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -"Een e-mail wordt verzonden naar het opgegeven e-mailadres, deze e-mail geeft" -" aan dat de persoon nu een portaal gebruiker is op de instantie." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " +"pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" +" their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "Hoe een product aanbieden?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "Aanbiedingen zonder variatie" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "" -"Om een product aan te bieden moet u het vinkje **Gebruik eBay** aanvinken op" -" de productfiche. Het eBay tabblad wordt vervolgens beschikbaar." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "" -"Wanneer het **Gebruik stockhoeveelheid** veld is aangevinkt zal de hoeveel " -"die op eBay gebruikt wordt komen vanuit het Odoo veld **Voorspelde " -"hoeveelheid**." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." " You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " "Description**." msgstr "" -"Het **Omschrijving sjabloon** staat u toe om sjablonen te gebruiken voor uw " -"aanbiedingen. Het standaard sjabloon gebruikt enkel het **eBay " -"omschrijving** veld van het product. U kan HTML gebruiken in het " -"**Omschrijving sjabloon** en in de **eBay omschrijving**." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "" -"Om producten te gebruiken in uw vermelding moet u ze als **Bijlages** " -"toevoegen aan het productsjabloon." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "Aanbiedingen met variaties" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" " the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" -"Wanneer **gebruik eBay** op een product met varianten is aangevinkt en " -"**Vaste prijs** als **Aanbiedingssoort** is gekozen zal het eBay formulier " -"lichtjes anders zijn. In de varianten array kan u kiezen welke varianten " -"aangeboden wordt op eBay en kan u de prijs en hoeveelheid van elke variant " -"instellen." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "Aanbiedingen met specifieke items" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "" -"Om product specifieke items toe te voegen moet u een productattribuut " -"aanmaken met een waarde in het **Varianten** tabblad op het " -"productformulier." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "Product identificaties" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -207,81 +931,119 @@ msgid "" "listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "Hoe eBay te configureren in Odoo?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "eBay tokens aanmaken" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal `_. Once you are " "logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -"Om uw tokens aan te maken moet u een ontwikkelaars account aanmaken op het " -"`ontwikkelaars portaal `_. Eenmaal u bent " -"aangemeld kan u **Sandbox Sleutels** en **Productie sleutels** aanmaken door" -" te klikken op de overeenstemmende knoppen." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " "form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Na het aanmaken van de sleutels kan u het gebruiker token ophalen. Om dit te" -" doen klikt u op de **Verkrijg een Gebruiker Token** link onderaan de " -"pagina. Ga doorheen het formulier, meld aan met uw eBay account en u krijgt " -"de sleutel en token die u nodig heeft om de Odoo module te configureren." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "Tokens opzetten in Odoo?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Om de eBay integratie op te zetten gaat u naar :menuselection:`Verkopen --> " -"Configuratie --> Instellingen`." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." msgstr "" -"Kies eerst of u de productie of de sandbox eBay site wilt gebruiken. Vul " -"vervolgens de velden **Ontwikkelaarssleutel**, **Token**, **App sleutel** en" -" **Cert sleutel** in. Pas de wijzigingen toe." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "" -"Eenmaal de pagina herladen is moet u de informatie met eBay synchroniseren. " -"Klik op **Synchroniseer landen en valuta's**, vervolgens kan u alle andere " -"velden invullen." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -"Wanneer alle velden ingevuld zijn kan u de categorieën en beleid door te " -"klikken op de correcte knoppen." + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "Factuur methode" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" @@ -289,55 +1051,135 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "Uitgaven herfactureren naar klanten" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -350,7 +1192,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" -msgstr "Declaratie configuratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 @@ -360,7 +1202,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -370,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" -msgstr "Voeg declaraties toe aan uw verkooporder" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 @@ -389,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" -msgstr "Hier maken we een *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -415,92 +1256,126 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" -"Het kan hierna ingediend worden bij de manager, goedgekeurd worden en " -"geboekt worden." #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "Het komt dan op de verkooporder en is klaar om te factureren." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" -msgstr "Factureer gebaseerd op geleverde of bestelde hoeveelheden" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "Factureer op bestelde hoeveelheid is de standaard methode." - #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "Verstuur de factuur" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" -" if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" -msgstr "Factureer project mijpalen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -530,7 +1405,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "Factureer mijlpalen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -544,7 +1419,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "Verstuur een proforma factuur" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -559,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" -msgstr "Activeer de optie" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -581,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" -msgstr "Verkoop abonnementen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -591,12 +1466,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" -msgstr "Maak een abonnement vanuit een verkooporder" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 @@ -608,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" -msgstr "Factureer gebaseerd op tijd en materiaal" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -649,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" -msgstr "Factureer uw gespendeerde tijd" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -660,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." -msgstr "U kan de taak ook koppelen aan een bestaand project." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -682,7 +1557,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." -msgstr "Vanuit de verkooporder kan u de uren vervolgens factureren." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -693,7 +1575,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" -msgstr "Factureer inkopen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -722,21 +1604,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "Producten & Prijzen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "Beheer uw prijzen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "Hoe te verkopen in vreemde valuta" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" -"Prijslijsten kunnen ook gebruikt worden om prijzen in vreemde valuta te " -"beheren." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -744,17 +1624,12 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" -"Vink * Meerdere valuta's toestaan * aan: menuselectie: `Facturatie/ " -"Boekhouding -> Instellingen`. Als administrator hebt u * Adviseur * " -"-toegangsrechten nodig op facturatie / boekhouding-apps." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -"Maak een prijslijst per valuta. Een nieuw veld * Valuta * wordt weergegeven " -"in de vorm van een prijslijst." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -766,11 +1641,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "" -"De prijzen in vreemde valuta kunnen worden gedefinieerd op twee manieren." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "Automatische omschakeling van de publieke prijs" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -788,23 +1662,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "Stel uw eigen prijzen in" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "" -"Dit wordt geadviseerd als u niet wilt dat uw prijzen veranderen door " -"wisselkoersen" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`prijzen`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "Hoe uw prijzen aan uw klanten aanpassen en kortingen toepassen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -842,7 +1714,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" -msgstr "Verschillende prijzen per product" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -853,14 +1725,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "Prijzen per klantsegment" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" -"Prijslijsten maken voor uw klantsegmenten: b.v. Partner, eindgebruiker, " -"distributeur enz." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -871,13 +1741,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "Tijdelijke prijzen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" -"Speciale prijs acties voor b.v. weekends, enz. Vul de start- en einddatums " -"in." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -887,7 +1755,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "Prijzen per minimale hoeveelheid" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -897,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "Kortingen, marges, afrondingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -932,37 +1800,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" -"Zorg ervoor dat tenminste één prijslijst van toepassing is voor alle " -"producten" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "Er zijn 3 berekeningswijzen: vaste prijs, korting en formule." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." -msgstr "Hier zijn verschillende prijs instellingen mogelijk dankzij formules" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "Kortingen met afrondingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "bijv. 20% korting met prijzen afgerond tot 9,99" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "Kosten met markup (retail)" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -"bijv. verkoopprijs = 2 * kosten (100% markup) met $5 aan minimale marge." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "Prijzen per land" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -971,35 +1836,24 @@ msgid "" "country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" -"Prijslijsten kunnen worden ingesteld per landengroep. Elke nieuwe klant " -"krijgt een standaardprijslijst, dat wil zeggen de eerste in de lijst die " -"overeenkomt met het land. Als er geen land voor de klant is ingesteld, neemt" -" Odoo de eerste prijslijst zonder landengroep." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" -"De standaardprijslijst kan worden gewijzigd bij het maken van een " -"verkooporder" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" -"U kunt de volgorde van de prijslijst wijzigen door deze te verslepen in de " -"lijstweergave" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "Bereken en toon korting% aan klanten" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" -"In het geval van korting kunt u de publieke prijs en het berekende " -"kortingspercentage weergeven op de afgedrukte verkooporders en in uw " -"eCommerce-catalogus. Om dit te doen:" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -1009,23 +1863,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "Pas deze optie toe door ze aan te vinken bij \"instellingen\"" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "Beheer uw producten" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "Hoe producten importeren met categorieën en varianten" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1034,29 +1888,21 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Importeer sjablonen zijn beschikbaar in de importeer tool voor de meest " -"voorkomende data om te importeren (contacten, producten, bankafschriften, " -"enz). U kan ze met eender welke spreadsheet software openen (Microsoft " -"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, enz)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "Hoe het bestand aanpassen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" -"Verwijder kolommen die u niet nodig heeft. We raden u aan om het veld *ID* " -"niet te verwijderen (zie hieronder waarom)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -"Stel een unieke ID in voor elke record door de ID sequentie naar beneden te " -"slepen." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1064,8 +1910,6 @@ msgid "" "recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -"Wijzig geen labels van kolommen die u wilt importeren. Anders herkent Odoo " -"ze niet meer en moet u ze zelf valideren in het importscherm." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1073,14 +1917,10 @@ msgid "" " in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " "make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -"Om nieuwe kolommen toe te voegen, Het is mogelijk om nieuwe kolommen toe te " -"voegen, maar de velden moeten in Odoo bestaan. Als Odoo kolomnaam niet kan " -"valideren met een bestaand veld, kunt u dit bij het importeren handmatig " -"doen door een lijst met beschikbare velden te doorbladeren." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Waarom een \"ID\" kolom" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1092,24 +1932,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -"Het instellen van een ID is niet verplicht bij invoer maar is in veel " -"gevallen handig:" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" -"Update imports: U kan hetzelfde bestand meerdere keren importeren zonder " -"duplicaten aan te maken;" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Relatievelden importeren (zie hieronder)." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Hoe relatievelden importeren" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1118,10 +1954,6 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Een Odoo object is altijd gelinkt aan vele andere objecten (b.v. een product" -" is gelinkt aan de product categorieën, attributen, leveranciers, etc.). Om " -"deze relaties te importeren moet je de records van het gerelateerde object " -"eerst importeren vanuit hun eigen lijst menu. " #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1133,7 +1965,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "Product varianten gebruiken" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1146,20 +1978,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "" -"Als een voorbeeld van een bedrijf dat t-shirts verkoopt kan het de volgende " -"producten hebben:" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "Groottes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "Kleuren: Blauw, Rood, Wit, Zwart" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1175,7 +2005,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "Impact van varianten" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1205,8 +2035,6 @@ msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." msgstr "" -"**Foto**: de foto is gerelateerd aan de variant, elke variatie van een " -"product heeft mogelijk zijn eigen primaire foto." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1214,21 +2042,18 @@ msgid "" "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " "Income Account, Taxes)" msgstr "" -"**Andere velden**: de meeste andere velden behoren tot het productsjabloon. " -"Indien u ze update updaten automatisch alle varianten. (bijvoorbeeld: " -"inkomende rekening, belastingen)" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "Zou u varianten moeten gebruiken?" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "Wanneer moet u varianten gebruiken?" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "Varianten gebruiken heeft de volgende gevolgen:" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1257,7 +2082,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "Wanneer zou u varianten moeten vermijden?" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -1282,19 +2107,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "Kwaliteit: T-Shirts, Polo's, Shirts" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "Kleur: Rood, Blauw" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "Grootte: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -1307,20 +2132,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "Productsjabloon: T-shirt" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "Productsjabloon: Polo's" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "Activeer de varianten optie" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -1333,7 +2159,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "Producten aanmaken met varianten" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -1344,7 +2170,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "Klik nu op het product als u er varianten aan wilt toevoegen." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -1379,47 +2205,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" -"U kan ook een andere barcode en interne referentie toevoegen aan de variant." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u alle specificaties van de variant hebt ingesteld klikt u op " -"**Opslaan**." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "Productvarianten beheren" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" msgstr "" -"De onderstaande voorbeelden zijn allemaal gebaseerd op dit productsjabloon " -"dat twee variant attributen heeft:" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "Kleur: Rood, Blauw, Wit" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "Grootte: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "Combinatie mogelijkheden beheren" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -1434,28 +2255,21 @@ msgid "" " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " "XXL." msgstr "" -"Om dit te doen klikt u op de **Varianten** knop, selecteert u XXL, wit " -"t-shirt. Vanuit het product scherm vinkt u de optie **Actief** uit voor het " -"witte XXL t-shirt." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "" -"Dat de-activering van een product anders is dan een voorraad van 0 te " -"hebben." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Een prijs instellen per variant" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." msgstr "" -"U kan een kost toevoegen bovenop de standaard prijs voor sommige varianten " -"van een product." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -1474,417 +2288,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Wanneer u alle extra waardes heeft ingegeven klikt u op **Opslaan**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " +"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "Stel BTW in" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon MWS Connector" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the `Developer Registration and Assessment form `_, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " -"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" -" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " -"Seller Central and notify the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account, open that " -"later's form in **Developer mode** and click the button **SYNC ORDERS**. The" -" same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking the " -"buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:36 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:38 -msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:46 -msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:67 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " -"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " -"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " -"orders based on the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:76 -msgid "" -"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " -"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " -"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " -"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " -"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " -"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:83 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:85 -msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure Amazon MWS Connector in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Get your Amazon MWS Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to integrate Amazon with Odoo, a seller account on professional " -"selling plan is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Fill the Developer Registration and Assessment form as suggested below and " -"provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. For the other sections, take care to adapt your " -"responses accordingly to your business case. In particular, select the " -"correct region of your seller account and uncheck the **Merchant Fulfilled " -"Shipping** function if you plan to sell exclusively with the Fulfillment by " -"Amazon service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you select the **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request" -" access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII) of your customers), " -"Amazon may request you to fill out a second form, depending on the data " -"protection policy in the region of your seller account (e.g. GDPR in " -"Europe)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " -"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -"Developer Registration and Assessment form was located)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " -"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" -" can remove some from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their" -" synchronization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:46 -msgid "Match database products in Amazon orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " -"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " -"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" -" charges (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " -"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " -"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " -"for gift wrapping charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:59 -msgid "" -"For marketplace products, matchings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are" -" listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " -"automatically created when the matching is established and are used for " -"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " -":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is possible to force the matching of a marketplace item with a specific " -"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" -" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" -" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" -" under different conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " -"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " -"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " -"the shipping code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " -"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:78 -msgid "Configure taxes of products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:80 -msgid "" -"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " -"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " -"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" -" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" -" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:85 -msgid "" -"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " -"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " -"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " -"reconciling the payments in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "eBay" - #: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" -msgstr "Verstuur offertes" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" +msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" -"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" -" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " -"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " -"price that is no longer cost effective for you." +"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" +" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " +"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" +" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " +"profitable for you." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" -msgstr "Stel een deadline in" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 -msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 -msgid "Use deadline in templates" -msgstr "Gebruik deadline in sjablonen" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" -"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " -"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" -" more info about quotation templates `here " -"`_." +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" +" the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 -msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " +"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " +"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " +"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" +" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " +"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "Lever en factureer aan afwijkende adressen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " -"invoice location." +"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " +"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " +"delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Customer Addresses* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 -msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" -" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " -"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " -"from the quotation or sales order." +"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" +" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " +"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " +"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" +" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " +"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 -msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" -"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " -"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " -":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." +"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " +"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " +"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " +"the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 -msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" +msgid "" +"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " +"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " +"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" +" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +msgid "Deal with different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" -"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " -"send by email or print." +"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" +" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " +"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " +"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " +"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " +"billing and shipping addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" +" terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -1893,49 +2444,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " -"the time of both your customers and yourself." +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 -msgid "Activate online payment" -msgstr "Activeer online betalingen" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " -"acquirers of choice." +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " -"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " -"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " -"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " -"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " -"pick a default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" -msgstr "Registreer een betaling" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" -"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -1944,244 +2514,347 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" -" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " -"traditional process." +"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " +"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " +"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" -msgstr "Activeer online handtekenen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates `_, you can also pick a " -"default setting for each template." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 -msgid "Validate an order with a signature" -msgstr "Valideer een order met een handtekening" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" -"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" -" instantly." +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " +"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" +" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 -msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 -msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" -msgstr "Verhoog uw verkoop met voorgestelde producten" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " -"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" -" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." +"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " +"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " +"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " +"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " +"of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 -msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 -msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." -msgstr "" -"Voorgestelde producten kunnen ingesteld worden op de *Offerte sjablonen*." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" -" related products or services." +"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " +"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " +"be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 -msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 -msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" -"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" -" suggested products to the order." +"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" +" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " -"any of the little carts." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " -"pay to confirm the quotation." +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " +"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " +"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " +"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " +"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" -"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" -" order, letting the salesperson see it." +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " +"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " +"their received email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " +"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " +"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " +"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " +"salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " +"tracking the order will be all the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " +"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " +"templates before reading this part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " +"you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "Gebruik offerte sjablonen" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " -"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " -"complete quotation in no time." +"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," +" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " +"a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " +"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " +"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" -" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" -" the quotation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" +"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " +"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " +"the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " -"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " -"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." +"in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 -msgid "Edit your template" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " -"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " -"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " -"quotation editor." +"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " +"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " +"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " +"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " +"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" -"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" -" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" -" to each product." +"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " +"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " +"add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " -"templates containing those products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 -msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " -"settings." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " +"template in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" -"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " -"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." +"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " +"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" +" in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 -msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " +"it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index ac8a881b1..961d0f3ae 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -3,19 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,493 +19,533 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "SMS marketing" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "Blacklist" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "Set up SMS templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA `__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 +msgid "" +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Prijzen" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"`_" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." -msgstr "Ja." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 982995156..7b08ba490 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -3,18 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,151 +18,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "Social marketing" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b0204d8a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,934 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../studio.rst:5 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model ` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " +"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " +"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " +"to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " +"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc ` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6d0ead77 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../support.rst:5 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form `_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0beb5bd0d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../survey.rst:5 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..111293931 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3 +msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control " +"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9 +msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the " +"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned " +"Hours*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` " +"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your " +"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27 +msgid "HR analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` " +"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent " +"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they " +"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to " +"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all " +"in favor of becoming a more proactive company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose an encoding unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the" +" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets" +" to help you encoding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours." +" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in" +" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25 +msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to" +" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a" +" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being" +" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales " +"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was " +"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44 +msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose " +"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be " +"approved first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "Send reminders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who " +"have not recorded their times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. " +"The data syncs once you are back online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`compare`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 833a20009..c694d96bc 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -3,22 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Cas Vissers , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# Pol Van Dingenen , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-21 10:39+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,118 +19,97 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website.rst:5 msgid "Website" -msgstr "Website" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Optimaliseren" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "Hoe het verkeer op uw website traceren in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "Om uw website trafiek te volgen met Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" "`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" " you don't have any." msgstr "" -"Maak een Google Analytics-account aan " -"`__ als je nog geen hebt." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " "ID." msgstr "" -"Ga door het aanmaak formulier en accepteer de voorwaarden om de tracking id " -"te krijgen." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "Kopieer het tracking-ID om het in Odoo op te slaan" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." msgstr "" -"Ga naar het menu *Instellingen* van uw Odoo's website app. In instellingen " -"kopieer-en-plak jouw Google Analytics tracking-ID. Sla daarna op." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"`__" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" `_." msgstr "" -"Om uw eerste stappen te maken in Google Analytics kijkt u best naar de " -"`Google documentatie. " -"`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "Hoe uw website trafiek opvolgen vanuit uw Odoo dashboard" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." msgstr "" -"U kan uw website trafiek opvolgen vanuit uw Odoo website dashboard dankzij " -"Google Analytics." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 msgid "" "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." msgstr "" -"Een voorafgaande stap is een Google Analytics account aan te maken en de " -"tracking ID in te geven bij je Website's instellingen (zie " -":doc:'google_analytics')." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -"Ga naar `Google APIs platform `__ om " -"analytics API inloggegevens te genereren. Log in met uw Google account." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "Selecteer Analytics API." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." msgstr "" -"Maak een nieuw project aan en geef het een naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo). Dit " -"project is nodig om uw API logingegevens te bewaren." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Schakel de API in." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Maak inloggegevens aan om te gebruiken in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "" -"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type " -"data." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -149,11 +119,6 @@ msgid "" "URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -"Vervolgens creëer je een Client ID. Vul de naam in van de applicatie (bv. " -"Odoo) en de toegestane pagina's van deze zullen doorgestuurd worden. De " -"*Geautoriseerde JavaScript oorsprong* is jou Odoo's instantie URL. De " -"*Goedgekeurde doorgestuurde URL* is jou Odoo's instatie URL gevolgd door " -"'/google_account/authentication'." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -162,31 +127,122 @@ msgid "" "is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " "Client ID in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" -"Ga naar de Toestemming stap door een product naam in te geven (bv. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Voel je vrij om de aanpassingen opties te controleren " -"maar dit is niet verplicht. Het Toestemming scherm zal enkel getoond worden " -"wanneer je de Client ID in Odoo ingeeft voor de eerste keer." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "Uiteindelijk krijgt u uw client ID. Kopieer en plak deze in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " +"your Client ID." msgstr "" -"Open uw website dashboard in Odoo en link uw Analytics account door uw " -"cliënt ID in te geven." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "" -"Autoriseer Odoo om toegang te krijgen tot de Google API als laatste stap." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 @@ -195,10 +251,6 @@ msgid "" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " "short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." msgstr "" -"Zoekmachine optimalisatie (SEO) is een set van goede werkwijzes om uw " -"website te optimaliseren zodat deze een betere ranking heeft in zoekmachines" -" zoals Google. Kort samengevat zorgt goede SEO ervoor dat u meer bezoekers " -"krijgt." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -223,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" @@ -240,7 +292,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Sleutelwoorden" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -270,40 +322,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: schrijf geweldige inhoud." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 `__" +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 `_" msgstr "" -"**Odoo slides**: publiceer al uw Powerpoint of PDF presentaties. Hun inhoud " -"is automatisch geïndexeerd op de webpagina. Bijvoorbeeld: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 `__" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 `__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" +"`odoo.com/forum/1 `_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" msgstr "" -"**Odoo Forum**: laat uw gemeenschap inhoud voor u maken. Bijvoorbeeld: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 `__ (telt mee voor 30% " -"van de Odoo.com landingspagina's)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"`_ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "" -"**Odoo maillijst archief**: publiceer maillijst archieven op uw website. " -"Bijvoorbeeld: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"`__ (1000 pagina's aangemaakt per " -"maand)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -329,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "Sociale netwerk" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -339,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "Sociaal delen" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -357,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Facebook pagina" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -368,26 +408,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " "will increase the number of tweets and shares." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "Test uw website" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com `__" +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com `_" msgstr "" -"U kan vergelijken hoe uw website het doet, in termen van SEO, tegen Odoo met" -" behulp van de gratis WooRank dienst: `https://www.woorank.com " -"`__" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 msgid "URLs Handling" @@ -399,27 +436,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "URL's structuur" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Een typische Odoo URL ziet er als volgt uit:" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "Met de volgende componenten:" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = uw domeinnaam" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -445,48 +482,41 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = het unieke ID van het product" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 msgid "" "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" msgstr "" -"Merk op dat eender welk dynamisch deel van een URL gereduceerd kan worden " -"naar een ID. Bijvoorbeeld, de volgende URL's doen allemaal een 301 " -"doorverwijzing naar de bovenstaande URL:" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (korte versie)" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (nog kortere versie)" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 msgid "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " "name)" msgstr "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (oude " -"productnaam)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 msgid "" "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " "post):" msgstr "" -"Sommige URL's hebben verschillende dynamische onderdelen, zoals deze (een " -"blogcategorie en een post):" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "In het bovenstaande voorbeeld:" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" @@ -502,26 +532,20 @@ msgid "" "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " "search engines. Example:" msgstr "" -"Wanneer een Odoo pagina een pager heeft zal het paginanummer direct in de " -"URL worden gezet (heeft geen GET argument). Dit staat toe dat elke pagina " -"geïndexeerd wordt door zoekmachines. Bijvoorbeeld:" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "Wijzigingen in URL's & titels" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 msgid "" "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" msgstr "" -"Wanneer de URL van een pagina wijzigt (bijvoorbeeld een vriendelijkere SEO " -"versie van uw productnaam), hoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over het " -"updaten van alle links:" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." @@ -530,16 +554,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website." +"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, deze URL:" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" @@ -547,19 +571,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 msgid "" "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " +"maintaining the SEO link juice." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -601,10 +625,6 @@ msgid "" "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " "on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." msgstr "" -"Maar elke link geplaatst door een bijdrager die linkt naar een externe " -"website is \"nofollow'. Op deze manier loopt u niet het risico dat mensen " -"links plaatsen op uw website die linken naar externe websites die een " -"slechte reputatie hebben." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -626,8 +646,6 @@ msgid "" "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" msgstr "" -"Indien u een website in meerdere talen heeft zal dezelfde inhoud beschikbaar" -" zijn in verschillende URL's, afhankelijk van de gebruikte taal:" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -640,8 +658,6 @@ msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Franse " -"versie)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -649,9 +665,6 @@ msgid "" "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " "pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." msgstr "" -"In dit voorbeeld is de taal van de pagina fr\\_FR. U kan zelfs verschillende" -" variaties van dezelfde taal hebben: pt\\_BR (Portugees van Brazilië), " -"pt\\_PT (Portugees van Portugal). " #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 msgid "Language Annotation" @@ -670,16 +683,14 @@ msgid "" "" msgstr "" -"" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "Met deze aanpak:" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " "language." msgstr "" @@ -698,7 +709,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" @@ -715,10 +726,6 @@ msgid "" "This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " "using the browser language preferences." msgstr "" -"Om een bezoeker te forceren om de standaard taal te gebruiken kan u de code " -"gebruiken van de standaard taal in uw link, bijvoorbeeld: " -"uwwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Dit zal bezoekers altijd doen landen op de " -"Engelse versie van de pagina, zonder de browser voorkeuren te gebruiken." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 msgid "Page Speed" @@ -726,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -746,25 +753,20 @@ msgid "" "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " "your website ranks using these two tools:" msgstr "" -"Gelukkig doet Odoo alle magie voor u. Hieronder vind u trucks die Odoo " -"gebruikt om de laadsnelheid te verhogen. U kan vergelijken hoe uw website " -"presteert met deze twee tools:" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "`__" msgstr "" -"`Google pagina snelheid " -"`__" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test `__" -msgstr "`Pingdom Website snelheidstest `__" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 msgid "Images" -msgstr "Afbeeldingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 msgid "" @@ -779,9 +781,6 @@ msgid "" "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " "performance." msgstr "" -"Vanuit de upload knop heeft u de optie om het originele bestanden " -"ongewijzigd te houden indien u de kwaliteit van de afbeelding wilt " -"optimaliseren in plaats van de performantie." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 msgid "" @@ -790,11 +789,6 @@ msgid "" " theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " "images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." msgstr "" -"Odoo comprimeert afbeeldingen wanneer ze geüpload worden naar uw website, " -"niet wanneer ze opgevraagd worden door de bezoeker. Dus is het mogelijk dat," -" indien u een derde partij thema gebruikt, het afbeeldingen aanbiedt die " -"niet efficiënt gecomprimeerd zijn. Maar alle afbeeldingen gebruikt in de " -"officiële Odoo thema's zijn standaard gecomprimeerd." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -802,13 +796,10 @@ msgid "" "the ```` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " "attributes for the image." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u klikt op een afbeelding toont Odoo u de Alt en titel attributen " -"van de ```` tag. U kan hierop klikken om uw eigen titel en Alt " -"attributen in te stellen voor de afbeelding." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "Wanneer u klikt op deze link, zal het volgende venster verschijnen:" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 msgid "" @@ -817,10 +808,6 @@ msgid "" " Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " "not result in extra requests to load the page." msgstr "" -"Odoo's pictogrammen zijn geïmplementeerd met het gebruikt van een font " -"(`Font Awesome `__ in de" -" meeste Odoo thema's). Dus kan u zoveel pictogrammen gebruiker als u wilt in" -" uw pagina, ze hebben geen extra aanvragen nodig om de pagina te laden." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 msgid "Static Resources: CSS" @@ -834,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "slechts één CSS bestandsverzoek is nodig om een pagina te laden" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 msgid "" @@ -842,13 +829,10 @@ msgid "" "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " "resource." msgstr "" -"dit CSS bestand is gedeeld en gecached over verschillende pagina's, zodat " -"wanneer bezoekers klikken op een andere pagina, de browser geen enkel CSS " -"bestand moet inladen." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "dit CSS bestand is geoptimaliseerd om klein te zijn" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -880,54 +864,49 @@ msgid "" "shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " "browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" msgstr "" -"Om dit probleem aan te pakken worden alle CSS / Less / Sass bestanden " -"geconcateneerd in één .CSS bestand dat naar de browser wordt gestuurd. Zodat" -" een bezoeker **slechts één .CSS bestand moet laden** per pagina, wat vooral" -" efficiënt is. Als de CSS gedeeld wordt over alle pagina's hoeft de browser " -"geen nieuw CSS bestand te laden wanneer een andere pagina wordt open gedaan!" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 msgid "**Both files in the **" -msgstr "**Beide bestanden in het **" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**Wat de bezoekers krijgen (slechts één bestand)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* Van bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 msgid "}" -msgstr "}" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* Van my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 msgid "" @@ -940,15 +919,6 @@ msgid "" "is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" " backend (/web)." msgstr "" -"De CSS verzonden door Odoo bevat alle CSS / Less / Sass bestanden van alle " -"pagina's / modules. Door dit te doen moeten andere pagina weergaven van " -"dezelfde weergave geen nieuw CSS bestand inladen. Maar sommige modules " -"kunnen grote CSS/JavaScript bronnen bevatten die u niet op voorhand wilt " -"ophalen op de eerste pagina omdat ze te groot zijn. In dit geval splitst " -"Odoo de bronnen in een tweede bundel die geladen wordt wanneer de pagina die" -" het gebruikt het aanvraagt. Een voorbeeld hiervan is de back-end die enkel " -"ingeladen wordt wanneer de bezoekers aanmelden en de back-end opendoen " -"(/web)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 msgid "" @@ -962,31 +932,27 @@ msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." msgstr "" -"**Minified:** Na het pre-processen en concateneren zal de resulterende CSS " -"geminificeerd worden om de grootte te verkleinen." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "**Voor minificatie**" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "**Na minificatie**" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* sommige commentaren \\*/" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "" -"Het uiteindelijke resultaat is dan gecomprimeerd, voordat het aan de browser" -" wordt aangeleverd." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 msgid "" @@ -1007,7 +973,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo maakt drie JavaScript bundels aan:" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 msgid "" @@ -1025,8 +991,6 @@ msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" msgstr "" -"Een voor back-end specifieke JavaScript code (Odoo Web Client interface voor" -" uw werknemers die Odoo gebruiken)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 msgid "" @@ -1038,15 +1002,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" -msgstr "CDN" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 msgid "" @@ -1054,25 +1019,18 @@ msgid "" "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" " Network has three advantages:" msgstr "" -"Indien u de CDN optie activeert in Odoo worden statische bronnen " -"(JavaScript, CSS, afbeeldingen) geladen van het Content Delivery Netwerk. " -"Een Content Delivery Netwerk heeft drie voordelen:" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" msgstr "" -"Laad bronnen van een dichtbij zijnde server (meeste CDN's hebben servers in " -"de belangrijkste landen over de wereld)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" msgstr "" -"Cache bronnen efficiënt (er worden geen resources gebruikt op uw eigen " -"server voor de berekening)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 msgid "" @@ -1080,30 +1038,22 @@ msgid "" "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " "domain)" msgstr "" -"Verdeel de bronnen die geladen worden over verschillende diensten zodat u " -"meerdere bronnen parallel kan laden (Sinds de Chrome limiet van 6 parallelle" -" aanvragen op domeinniveau is)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" msgstr "" -"U kan uw CDN opties configureren vanuit de **Website Admin** app, met behulp" -" van het configuratie menu. Hier is een voorbeeld van een configuratie die u" -" kan gebruiken:" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "HTML pagina's" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 msgid "" "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " "server (NGINX or Apache)." msgstr "" -"De HTML pagina's kunnen gecomprimeerd worden, maar dit wordt meestal " -"afgehandeld door uw webserver (NGINX of Apache)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 msgid "" @@ -1118,29 +1068,24 @@ msgid "" "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " "following code:" msgstr "" -"Als een voorbeeld, als u de kleurenprikker gebruikt om de kleur van een " -"paragraaf te wijzigen naar de primaire kleur van uw website, zal Odoo de " -"volgende code genereren:" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 msgid "``

My Text

``" -msgstr "``

Mijn tekst

``" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" msgstr "" -"Waar de meeste HTML editors (zoals een CKEditor) de volgende code " -"produceert:" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 msgid "``

My Text

``" -msgstr "``

Mijn tekst

``" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "Responsief design" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 msgid "" @@ -1163,32 +1108,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " "`__. " "The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " "your website." msgstr "" -"JavaScript, afbeeldingen en CSS bronnen hebben een URL die dynamisch wijzigt" -" wanneer hun inhoud veranderd. Als een voorbeeld, alle CSS bestanden worden " -"geladen via deze URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"`__. " -"Het ``457-0da1d9d`` gedeelte van deze URL zal wijzigen als u de CSS van uw " -"website wijzigt." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "" -"Dit laat Odoo toe om een heel lange cache vertraging in te stellen (XXX) op " -"deze bronnen: XXX seconden, terwijl deze direct wordt geüpdatet als u de " -"bron update." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "Schaalbaarheid" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 msgid "" @@ -1196,32 +1130,32 @@ msgid "" "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " "provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " "Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* `__" +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "Sitemap" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " "reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -1229,28 +1163,23 @@ msgid "" "`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " "chunks per file." msgstr "" -"Standaard zijn alle URL's één ``/sitemap.xml`` bestand, maar als u veel " -"pagina's heeft zal Odoo automatisch een Sitemap index bestand aanmaakt dat " -"het `sitemaps.org protocol `__ " -"protocol respecteert om sitemap URL's te groeperen in 45000 stukken per " -"bestand." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "Elke sitemap heeft 4 attributen die automatisch berekend worden:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 msgid "```` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "```` : de URL van een pagina" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 msgid "" "```` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" " could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "" "```` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -1258,11 +1187,11 @@ msgid "" "it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "Gestructureerde Gegevens Markup" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -1270,64 +1199,58 @@ msgid "" "presented search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "" -"Google ondersteunt een aantal rijke snippets voor inhoudstypes, inclusief: " -"Beoordelingen, Mensen, Producten, Zaken, Evenementen en Organisaties." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " "posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " "in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" -"Odoo implementeert micro data zoals gedefinieerd in de `schema.org " -"`__ specificaties voor gebeurtenissen, e-commerce " -"producten, forum berichten en contactadressen. Dit staat uw productpagina's " -"toe om getoond te worden in Google en om extra informatie te gebruiken zoals" -" de prijs en beoordeling van een product:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "robots.txt" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 msgid "" "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " "indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " "etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " "address." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Publiceer" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "Hoe mijn eigen domeinnaam gebruiken" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1335,13 +1258,10 @@ msgid "" "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " "(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" -"Standaard heeft uw Odoo online instantie en website een *.odoo.com* " -"domeinnaam, voor beide de URL en de e-mails. U kan dit wijzigen naar een " -"eigen domein (bijvoorbeeld www.uwbedrijf.com)." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "Wat is een goede domeinnaam" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1349,29 +1269,26 @@ msgid "" "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " "domain. Here are some tips:" msgstr "" -"Uw websiteadres is net zo belangrijk voor uw branding als de naam van uw " -"bedrijf of organisatie, dus doet u er goed aan om deze mogelijks te wijzigen" -" naar een meer gepaste domeinnaam. Hier zijn een paar tips:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Simpel en duidelijk" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Gemakkelijk te onthouden en spellen" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Hoe korter hoe beter" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Vermijd speciale karakters" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Mik op een .com en/of andere land extensie" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1379,47 +1296,41 @@ msgid "" "`__" msgstr "" -"Lees meer: `Hoe een domeinnaam te kiezen voor optimale SEO " -"`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "Hoe een domeinnaam kopen" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "Koop uw domein bij een populaire registrator:" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy `__" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 msgid "`Namecheap `__" -msgstr "`Namecheap `__" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 msgid "`OVH `__" -msgstr "`OVH `__" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 msgid "" "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " "issue, check out those easy tutorials:" msgstr "" -"Stappen om een domeinnaam te kopen zijn vrijwel ongecompliceerd. Bekijk deze" -" eenvoudige tutorials:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy `__" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 msgid "" "`Namecheap `__" msgstr "" -"`Namecheap `__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1427,53 +1338,44 @@ msgid "" "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " "This is Odoo's job!" msgstr "" -"Aarzel niet om een e-mailserver te kopen om e-mailadressen te hebben die uw " -"domeinnaam gebruiken. Koop echter geen extra service om uw website te maken " -"of te hosten. Dit is de taak van Odoo!" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Hoe mijn domeinnaam koppelen aan mijn Odoo instantie" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 msgid "" "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " "yourcompany.odoo.com):" msgstr "" -"Laten we eerste de doorverwijzing authoriseren (uwbedrijf.com -> " -"uwbedrijf.odoo.com):" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "Open uw Odoo.com account vanuit uw homepage." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "Ga naar de *Beheer databases** pagina." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 msgid "" "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "Klik op *Domeinen* rechts van de database die u wilt doorverwijzen." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 msgid "" "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " "www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" -"Een database domein dialoog verschijnt. Geef uw persoonlijk domein in " -"(bijvoorbeeld www.uwbedrijf.com)." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 msgid "" "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" msgstr "" -"We kunnen nu de doorverwijzing toepassen vanuit uw domeinnaam zijn " -"beheerders account:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "Log in op uw account en zoek voor de DNS zones beheer pagina." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -1481,18 +1383,14 @@ msgid "" " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " "redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." msgstr "" -"Maak een CNAME record *www.uwdomein.com* wijzend naar *mywebsite.odoo.com*. " -"Als u een domeinnaam zonder www-voorvoegsel wil inschakelen (bijvoorbeeld " -"uwdomein.com), moet u *uwdomein.com* doorverwijzen naar *www.uwdomein.com*." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" msgstr "" -"Hier zijn een paar specifieke richtlijnen om een CNAME record aan te maken:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy `__" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -1500,21 +1398,16 @@ msgid "" "`__" msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 msgid "" "`OVH " "`__" msgstr "" -"`OVH " -"`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Hoe SSL inschakelen (HTTPS) voor mijn Odoo instantie" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1531,26 +1424,62 @@ msgid "" "certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 msgid "" "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" " simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 msgid "" "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," " Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " "Odoo cloud platforms/" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" @@ -1572,7 +1501,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1604,8 +1533,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"`__" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 @@ -1615,8 +1544,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 msgid "" "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 @@ -1634,94 +1563,93 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Opties toevoegen" - #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 msgid "" "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" " your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " "removing the menu item." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 msgid "" "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " "First, select the website to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " "only impact the very website you are working on." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "languages," msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 msgid "domain names," msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "social media links," msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "dedicated live chat channels," msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "Manage domain names" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 msgid "" "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " "a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " "set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"`__," +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -1730,11 +1658,11 @@ msgid "" "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -1742,93 +1670,93 @@ msgid "" "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" -msgstr "Producten" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Blogs" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Forums" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Evenementen" - #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Functies" +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-bedrijven" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -1836,46 +1764,46 @@ msgid "" "visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -1884,41 +1812,41 @@ msgid "" "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Prijslijsten" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"`__," +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -1926,11 +1854,11 @@ msgid "" "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -1939,69 +1867,171 @@ msgid "" "the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "Hoe mijn website vertalen" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 msgid "" "In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " "possibility to translate it in different languages." msgstr "" -"In aanvulling op het aanmaken van geweldige moderne websites geeft Odoo de " -"mogelijkheid om de website in meerdere talen te vertalen." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 msgid "Process" -msgstr "Verwerken" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 msgid "" "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" " many different languages as you want." msgstr "" -"Eenmaal uw website is aangemaakt heeft u de mogelijkheid om ze te vertalen " -"in zoveel talen als u wenst." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -2011,27 +2041,18 @@ msgid "" "and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " "install anything, and follow the next step." msgstr "" -"Er zijn twee manieren om uw website te vertalen, u kan het manueel doen of " -"automatisch met de Gengo App. Indien u het automatisch wilt doen gaat u naar" -" de **App** module en installeert u **Automatische vertalingen via de Gengo " -"API** en **Website Gengo Vertaler**. Indien u dit manueel wilt doen " -"installeert u niets en volgt u de volgende stap." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 msgid "" "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " "**Add a language**." msgstr "" -"Ga nu naar uw website. In de rechter onderhoek van de pagina klikt u op " -"**Een taal toevoegen**." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 msgid "" "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " "click on **Load.**" msgstr "" -"Kies de taal waarin u uw website wilt vertalen en klik vervolgens op " -"**Laden**." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2039,39 +2060,27 @@ msgid "" "that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " "some of the text has been translated automatically." msgstr "" -"U zal zien dat er nu naast Engels ook Frans is, wat betekend dat de pagina " -"voor de vertaling is aangemaakt. U kan ook zien dat sommige delen van de " -"tekst automatisch vertaald zijn." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 msgid "" "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " "**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." msgstr "" -"Om de inhoud van uw website te vertalen klikt u op **Vertalen** (hier " -"**Traduire** aangezien we de website in het Frans willen vertalen)." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 msgid "" "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" " the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " "automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link `_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." msgstr "" -"Indien u de Gengo vertaler heeft geïnstalleerd zal u zien dat u naast de " -"**Vertalen** knop ook een knop **Automatisch vertalen** heeft. Eenmaal u " -"klikt op deze knop wordt er informatie gevraagd voor uw account. Indien u " -"nog geen account heeft gaat u naar `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"`__ om er een aan te maken. U moet een " -"publieke en private sleutel aanvragen." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 msgid "" "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "De inhoud die u wilt vertalen wordt vervolgens automatisch vertaald." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2080,6 +2089,3 @@ msgid "" "yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " "automatically." msgstr "" -"Nu kan u zien dat de meeste inhoud geel of groen is gearceerd. Het geel " -"staat voor de inhoud die u zelf moet vertalen. Het groen staat voor de " -"inhoud die al automatisch vertaald is."